92913256-Toshiba-2060-2860-2870-Manual-de-Reparacion

SERVICE MANUAL PLAIN PAPER COPIER2060/2860/70 AUTOMATIC DUPLEXING UNIT MD-5002 Click the Page Only button to close the overview area of the window. Click the Bookmarks and Page button to open the Contents and display bookmarks created for the document. Click a bookmark’s name to go to the Page marked by that bookmark. Click the Thumbnails and Page button to open the overview area and display thumbnail images of each document page. Click a thumbnail to go to the page marked by that thumbnail. Copyright TOSHIBA CORPORATION 1995 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED GENERAL PRECAUTIONS REGARDING THE INSTALLATION AND SERVICE FOR THE COPIER 2060, 2860/70 AND THE AUTOMATIC DUPLEXING UNIT MD-5002 1. Transportation/Installation • When transporting/installing the copier, use two persons and be sure to use the positions as indicated below. The copier is fairly heavy and weighs approximately 73 kg (161 lb), therefore pay full attention when handling it. (2870: 84 kg) 4 portions 2. Installation • Be sure to use a dedicated outlet with AC 115V/15A (220V, 240V/10A) or more for its power source. • The copier must be grounded for safety. Never ground it to a gas pipe or a water pipe. • Select a suitable place for installation. Avoid excessive heat, high humidity, dust, vibration and direct sunlight. • Also provide proper ventilation as the copier emits a slight amount of ozone. • To insure adequate working space for the copying operation, keep a minimum clearance of 80 cm (32”) on the left, 80 cm (32”) on the right and 10 cm (4”) in the rear. 3. Service of Machines • Basically, be sure to turn the main switch off and unplug the power cord during service. • Be sure not to touch high-temperature sections such as the exposure lamp, the fuser unit, the damp heater and their periphery. • Be sure not to touch high-voltage sections such as the chargers and the high-voltage transformer. • Be sure not to touch rotating/operating sections such as gears, belts, pulleys, etc. • When servicing the machines with the main switch turned on, be sure not to touch live sections such as the lamp terminal, etc. • Use suitable measuring instruments and tools. 4. Main Service Parts for Safety • The breaker, door switch, fuse, thermostat, thermofuse, thermistor, etc. are particularly important for safety. Be sure to handle/install them properly. 5. Notice Labels • Be sure to check the rating plate and the cautionary labels such as “Unplug the power cord during service”, “Hot area” etc. to see if there is any dirt on their surface or if they are properly stuck to the copier during servicing. 6. Disposition of Consumable Parts/Packing Materials • Regarding the recovery and disposal of the copier, supplies, consumable parts and packing materials, it is recommended to follow the relevant local regulations or rules. 7. When parts are disassembled, reassembly is basically the reverse of disassembly unless otherwise noted in this manual or other related documents. Be careful not to reassemble small parts such as screws, washers, pins, E-rings, toothed washers in the wrong places. 8. Basically, the machine should not be operated with any parts removed or disassembled. 9. Precautions Against Static Electricity • The PC board must be stored in an anti-electrostatic bag and handled carefully using a wristband, because the ICs on it may become damaged due to static electricity. 1. SPECIFICATIONS • ACCESSORIES • OPTIONS • SUPPLIES 1.1 Specifications Copy process Type Exposure Type Acceptable originals Kind Indirect electrophotographic process (dry) Desk top (console when the pedestal is used) Slit exposure with fixed table Sheets, books, and 3-dimensional objects. When the document feeder is used: Sheet originals only (60 g/m2~90 g/m2) (16 lb.~24 lb.) Maximum size Copy paper Cassette Size Thickness (Weight) Special paper _ Duplexing Manual A3~A6-R 64~130 (17~34) _ OHP film etc. Adjustable to Unfixed, Arbitary sizes Unit: g/m2 (Unit: lb.) Note A3~A5-R 64~80 (17~22) A3 (Ledger) (Ledger~Statement-R) Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 1-1 2060, 2860/70 SPECIFICATIONS Copy speed Paper size A4, B5, A5-R LT, ST-R A4-R, B5-R LT-R B4, FOLIO LG, Computer A3 LD Reduction/ Enlargement Cassette/manual 2060 2860 20 28 20 20 19 15 26 22 19 15 LCF 2060 20 — — — 15 2860 28 — — — 15 CPM Manual feeding represents the value when the size is set. System copy speed (BLI format) Mode Original→Copy 1 →1 Number of copies 1 set 3 set 5 set 1 →2 1 set 3 set 5 set 2 →2 1 set 3 set 5 set 2 →1 1 set 3 set 5 set 2060 19 20 20 10 15 17 8 14 16 16 19 19 CPM 2860 24 27 28 10 18 21 8 16 19 16 23 25 *Ten originals (A4) are set in the ADF. This includes the first copy time. First copy Warm-up time Multiple copying Reproduction ratio Actual ratio 100% or 101% (Setting mode) Zoom ratios 50~200% (Multiple reduction and enlargement in 1% steps) Approx. 4.0 sec. (Actual-size A4 or Letter from upper cassette) Approx. 80 sec. 1~999, keyboard entry 2060, 2860/70 SPECIFICATIONS 1-2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA and Canada 123 For Europe 115 V ~ 60 Hz.7 kW (220 V/240 V) 6-digit total counter Machine size 598mm 640m m Dec. 12A 220 V ~ 50/60 Hz.Paper supply Cassette or sheet-bypass feeding Cassette: 600 sheets Sheet-bypass feeding: 50 sheets Toner supply Exposure Weight Power source Automatic density detection and replenishment Toner cartridge replacement Automatic control and manually selectable (9 steps) Copier: 73 kg (with 2 cassettes and the platen cover).5 kW (115 V). 2860/70 SPECIFICATIONS 540mm .A. ADU: 10 kg For the U. 8A Power consumption Counter 1. 1996 © TOSHIBA 1-3 2060.S. 8A 240 V ~ 50 Hz. 1. *Accessories vary according to the destination. 1 pc. MR-2008 (ADF) KD-1003 (1 cassette). 1996 © TOSHIBA .2 Accessories Copy receiving tray Operator’s manual Set-up report Drum Developer Toner : : : : : : 1 pc. 1. 2860/70 SPECIFICATIONS 1-4 Dec. 1 pc. KD-2009 (2 cassettes) MY-1006 MP-1501 MG-1003A (10 bins) MG-1004 (10 bins staple) MG-2009 (20 bins) MG-2010 (20 bins staple) Key copy counter MU-8/MU-10 (6 digit) *Options vary according to the destination. 1 bottle 1 pc. 1. 1 pc.3 Options Automatic duplexing unit: ADU Automatic document feeder: ADF Paper feed pedestal: PFP Paper feed unit Large capacity feeder: LCF Sorter MD-5002 MR-3006 (RADF).1.4 Supplies Drum Developer Toner OD-2060 ZD-2060 ZT-2060 2060. 2. 2860/70 GENERAL . Refer to Chapter 13 concerning the ADU. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2-1 2060.1 Sectional Views and Electrical Parts Location Diagram [A] Front view ᕃ ᕄ ᕉ ᕈ ᕊ ᕍᕝ ᕒᕗ ᕒᕞ ᕒᕞ ᕒᕝ ᕑᕟ ᕑᕟ ᕑᕛ ᕑᕜ ᕑᕞ ᕑᕝ ᕑᕚᕑᕙ ᕑᕘ ᕓᕗ ᕓᕠ ᕇ ᕆ ᕅ ᕍᕟ ᕍᕛ ᕍᕜ ᕍᕚ ᕍᕞ ᕎᕗ ᕍᕘ ᕍᕙ ᕍᕠ ᕍᕗ ᕐᕛ ᕏᕟ ᕐᕠ ᕏᕛ ᕋ ᕎᕚ ᕑᕗ ᕏᕠ ᕎᕘ ᕎᕙ ᕎᕛ ᕎᕞ ᕎᕟ ᕎᕝ ᕎᕜ ᕏᕘ ᕏᕗ ᕏᕚ ᕐᕟ ᕑᕠ ᕏᕙ ᕐᕞ ᕐᕜ ᕏᕜ ᕒᕠ ᕒᕟ ᕎᕠ ᕏᕞ ᕒᕘ ᕐᕚ ᕒᕙ ᕐᕝ ᕐᕗ ᕏᕝ ᕒᕚ ᕐᕙ ᕐᕘ ᕒᕛ ᕒᕜ (This diagram includes an installed ADU.1.2.1 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE Sectional view 2.) Dec. No. ᕏᕝ ᕏᕞ ᕏᕟ ᕐᕠ ᕐᕗ ᕐᕘ ᕐᕙ ᕐᕚ ᕐᕛ ᕐᕜ ᕐᕝ ᕐᕞ ᕐᕟ ᕑᕠ ᕑᕗ ᕑᕘ ᕑᕙ ᕑᕚ ᕑᕛ ᕑᕜ ᕑᕝ ᕑᕞ ᕑᕟ ᕒᕠ ᕒᕗ ᕒᕘ ᕒᕙ ᕒᕚ ᕒᕛ ᕒᕜ ᕒᕝ ᕒᕞ ᕒᕟ ᕓᕠ ᕓᕗ Cassette Name Manual feed separation pad Manual feed roller Manual pickup roller Cassette separation roller Cassette feed roller Cassette pickup roller Upper transport roller Manual feed switch (S6) Paper guide Lower transport roller Aligning switch (S8) Aligning roller (U) Aligning roller (L) Thermistor-1 (THMS1) Thermostat (THERMO) Heater lamp Heat roller (upper side) Pressure roller (lower side) Separation claw (for heat roller) Felt roller Heat roller cleaning blade Fuser exit roller Scraper Fuser cover Paper stop switch-1 (S7) Paper stop switch-2 (S16) Paper-empty switch-2 (S14) Cassette tray Cassette size switch-2 (S15) Exit/ADU selection gate Exit roller ADU Exit fan (M7) Bottom fan (M8) Light distribution adjustment plates Exposure lamp Carriage 2 Mirror 2 Mirror 3 Mirror unit Mirror 4 Mirror 5 Mirror 6 Slit glass Auto exposure sensor Lens Original glass Ozone filter Main charger Discharge lamp Receiving tray LED eraser array Main blade Recovery blade Toner recovery auger Separation claw (for drum) Transfer charger Separation charger Drum Bias guide Transport belt Magnetic roller Leveller (doctor) Auto-toner sensor Mixer 1 Mixer 2 Sheet bypass guide 2060. 2860/70 GENERAL 2-2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA . ᕃ ᕄ ᕅ ᕆ ᕇ ᕈ ᕉ ᕊ ᕋ ᕍᕠ ᕍᕗ ᕍᕘ ᕍᕙ ᕍᕚ ᕍᕛ ᕍᕜ ᕍᕝ ᕍᕞ ᕍᕟ ᕎᕠ ᕎᕗ ᕎᕘ ᕎᕙ ᕎᕚ ᕎᕛ ᕎᕜ ᕎᕝ ᕎᕞ ᕎᕟ ᕏᕠ ᕏᕗ ᕏᕘ ᕏᕙ ᕏᕚ ᕏᕛ ᕏᕜ Carriage 1 Mirror 1 Reflector Name No. [B] Rear side view ᕔᕜ ᕔᕛ ᕕᕛ ᕓᕝ ᕕᕜ ᕓᕜ ᕕᕗ ᕕᕠ ᕔᕞ ᕔᕠ ᕔᕗ ᕓᕞ ᕔᕘ ᕔᕚ ᕔᕝ ᕔᕙ ᕑᕚ ᕑᕟ ᕒᕞ ᕓᕟ ᕕᕠ ᕕᕠ ᕕᕚ ᕕᕙ ᕕᕘ ᕔᕟ ᕏᕠ ᕕᕚ Dec. 2860/70 GENERAL . 1996 © TOSHIBA 2-3 2060. No. ᕓᕜ ᕓᕝ ᕓᕞ ᕓᕟ ᕔᕠ ᕔᕗ ᕔᕘ ᕔᕙ ᕔᕚ ᕔᕛ ᕔᕜ ᕔᕝ ᕔᕞ ᕔᕟ ᕕᕠ ᕕᕗ ᕕᕘ ᕕᕙ ᕕᕚ ᕕᕛ ᕕᕜ Scanning motor (M2) Carriage drive wire Drum gear Aligning clutch (CLT2) Drum driving gear Drum belt Name Belt for dev-unit. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 5) Optical fan (M6.12) Document motor (M11) 2060. ALGN-roller & paper feeding drive Belt for fuser drive Main motor (M1) Lens motor (M3) Mirror motor (M4) Thermistor-2 (THMS2) Dev-unit drive gear Aligning roller Paper feed belt Manual feed clutch (CLT4) Transport roller clutch (CLT1) Transport roller drive belt Cassette feed clutch (CLT3. 2860/70 GENERAL 2-4 Dec. 2. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2-5 2060.2 Electrical parts layout [A] DC electrical parts (except motors) ᕃ ᕅ ᕄ ᕍᕗ ᕍᕘ ᕎᕜ ᕎᕚ ᕍᕝ ᕍᕠ ᕊ ᕎᕛ ᕉ ᕈ ᕎᕠ ᕆ ᕎᕝ ᕎᕘ ᕎᕙ ᕍᕚ ᕍᕛ [Front side] ᕍᕟ ᕏᕝ ᕍᕙ ᕎᕟ ᕍᕜ ᕏᕘ ᕏᕙ ᕍᕞ ᕏᕟ ᕏᕜ ᕏᕛ ᕐᕠ ᕏᕗ ᕏᕠ ᕏᕚ ᕇ ᕏᕞ ᕋ ᕎᕗ [Rear side] Dec.1. 2860/70 GENERAL . 2860/70 GENERAL 2-6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA . ᕃ ᕄ ᕅ ᕆ ᕇ ᕈ ᕉ ᕊ ᕋ *ᕍᕠ ᕍᕗ ᕍᕘ ᕍᕙ ᕍᕚ ᕍᕛ ᕍᕜ ᕍᕝ ᕍᕞ ᕍᕟ ᕎᕠ *: Option Name Control panel key PC board (PWA-KEY) Display PC board (PWA-DSP) Liquid crystal module (LCD) Total counter (T-CTR) Logic PC board (PWA-LGC) Auto paper sensor-2 (APS-R) Auto paper sensor-3 (APS-C) Auto paper sensor-4 (APS-F) Toner-full switch (T-FUL-SW) (S13) Size switch 1 (SIZE1-SW) (S5) Discharge lamp PC board (PWA-ERS) LED eraser array PC board (K-DCH) High-voltage power supply (PS-HVT) Home switch (HOME-SW) (S10) Platen switch (PTN-SW) (S27) Manual feed switch (M-FED-SW) (S6) Aligning switch (PSTPO-SW) (S8) Paper stop switch 1 (PSTP1-SW) (S7) Side door switch (U-COV-SW) (S4) Auto paper sensor-1 (APS-3B) No. *ᕎᕗ ᕎᕘ ᕎᕙ ᕎᕚ ᕎᕛ ᕎᕜ ᕎᕝ ᕎᕟ ᕏᕠ ᕏᕗ *ᕏᕘ ᕏᕙ ᕏᕚ ᕏᕛ ᕏᕜ ᕏᕝ ᕏᕞ *ᕏᕟ ᕐᕠ Name Paper-empty switch-1 (EMP1-SW) (S3) Exit switch (EXIT-SW) (S9) Heat-roller thermistor 1 (THMS1-HTR) Toner sensor (TNR-ATC) Lens switch (LNS-SW) (S11) Mirror switch (MRR-SW) (S12) Automatic exposure PC board (PWA-AES) Aligning-roller clutch (RGT0-CLT) (CLT2) Transport-roller clutch (RGT1-CLT) (CLT1) Manual-feed roller clutch (MFED-CLT) (CLT4) Feed-roller clutch 1 (FED1-CLT) (CLT3) Size switch 2 (SIZE2-SW) (S15) Feed-roller clutch 2 (FED2-CLT) (CLT5) Paper-empty switch 2 (EMP2-SW) (S14) Paper stop switch 2 (PSTP2-SW) (S16) Heat-roller thermistor-2 (THMS2-HTR) Drum thermistor (DRM-THMS) Tray-up switch (T-UP1-SW) (S28) Tray-up switch (T-UP2-SW) (S29) 2060.No. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2-7 2060. *ᕐᕝ ᕐᕞ ᕐᕟ ᕑᕠ ᕑᕗ ᕑᕘ Name Tray-up motor-1 (T-UP1-MOT) (M13) Tray-up motor-2 (T-UP2-MOT) (M14) Optical fan-F (OPT-FAN-F) (M12) Optical fan-R (OPT-FAN-R) (M6) Exit fan (EXIT-FAN) (M7) Bottom fan (BTM-FAN) (M8) Dec. ᕐᕗ ᕐᕘ ᕐᕙ ᕐᕚ ᕐᕛ ᕐᕜ *: Option Name Main motor (MAIN-MOT) (M1) Scanning motor (SCN-MOT) (M2) Lens motor (LNS-MOT) (M3) Mirror motor (MRR-MOT) (M4) Toner motor (TNR-MOT) (M9) Document motor (DCM-MOT) (M11) No. 2860/70 GENERAL .[B] DC electrical parts (motors) ᕐᕟ ᕑᕗ ᕐᕜ ᕐᕘ ᕐᕛ [Front side] ᕑᕠ ᕑᕘ ᕐᕗ ᕐᕝ ᕐᕞ ᕐᕚ ᕐᕙ [Rear side] No. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 2860/70 GENERAL 2-8 Dec. ᕑᕙ ᕑᕚ ᕑᕛ ᕑᕜ ᕑᕝ ᕑᕞ ᕑᕟ Name SW power supply (PS-ACC) Door switch (DOOR-SW) (S2) Main switch (MAIN-SW) (S1) Lamp regulator PC board (PWA-LRG) Heater lamp (HTR-LAMP) Damp heater L (D-HTR-L) (Option) Thermostat (K-THERMO) No. ᕒᕠ ᕒᕗ ᕒᕘ ᕒᕙ ᕒᕚ ᕒᕛ Name Thermostat (Option) Damp heater U1 (D-HTR-U1) (Option) Exposure lamp (EXPO-LAMP) Thermofuse (FU-EXPO) Fuse PC board (PWA-FUS) (Option) Damp heater U2 (D-HTR-U2) (Option) 2060.[C] AC electrical parts ᕒᕙ ᕒᕛ ᕒᕘ ᕑᕚ ᕒᕗ ᕑᕜ ᕒᕠ ᕒᕚ ᕑᕟ ᕑᕝ [Front side] ᕑᕛ ᕑᕙ ᕑᕞ [Rear side] No. 2860/70 GENERAL .2. Transmits feed-roller clutch drive. heat roller and transport belt M2 M3 M4 M6 M7 M8 SCN-MOT (Scanning motor) LNS-MOT (Lens motor) MRR-MOT (Mirror motor) OPT-FAN-R (Optics fan-R) EXIT-FAN (Exit-fan) BTM-FAN (Bottom fan) Scans the optical system Drives the lens unit Drives the mirror unit Cools the optical system Cools the drum and cleaner Pulse motor Pulse motor Pulse motor IC motor: IC motor: 80 80 80 5 11 11 5 4 4 23 23 23 8 14 14 Remarks IC motor Page 10 Item 31 Prevents the paper from floating IC motor: up through suction M9 M11 M12 M13 TNR-MOT (Toner motor) DCM-MOT (Document motor) OPT-FAN-F (Optical fan-F) T-UP1-MOT (Tray-up motor-1) Replenishes the toner Drives copy-area indicators Cools the optical system Brush motor Pulse motor IC motor: 80 23 9 4 12 30 2 14 36 Drives the upper cassette tray to Brush motor lift up/down M14 T-UP2-MOT (Tray-up motor-2) Drives the lower cassette tray to Brush motor lift up/down 12 36 (2) Electromagnetic spring clutches Parts list Symbol CLT1 Code name RGT1-CLT (Transport-roller clutch) CLT2 RGT0-CLT (Aligning-roller clutch) CLT3 FED1-CLT (Feed-roller clutch-1) CLT4 MFED-CLT (Manual-feed roller clutch) CLT5 FED2-CLT (Feed-roller clutch-2) Transmits feed-roller clutch drive. 15 16 Function Transmits transport-roller drive. (Lower cassette) 12 24 14 17 12 24 Transmits aligning-roller drive. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2060. Remarks Page 13 Item 40 (3) Counters Parts list Symbol T K Code name T-CTR (Total counter) K-CTR (Key-copy counter) Function Total counter Individual counter 2-9 Remarks 6-digit 6-digit (option) Page 3 101 Item 23 5 Dec. developer.2 Symbol and Function of Electrical Parts (1) Motors Parts list Symbol M1 Code name MAIN-MOT (Main motor) Function Drives the drum. (Upper cassette) Transmits manual-feed roller clutch drive. 10 Dec.(4) Switches Parts list Symbol S1 S2 Code name MAIN-SW (Main switch) DOOR-SW (Door switch) Power supply For safety. detects open/closed condition of paper jam release cover Detects upper cassette size Detects manual feeding Push switch Photointerruptor 13 14 50 3 Push switch 2 27 Photointerruptor 12 32 Function Remarks Tumbler type Push switch Page 6 6 Item 3 4 HOME-SW (Home switch) Detects home position of the optical system S11 LNS-SW (Lens switch) Detects home position of the lens unit Photointerruptor 11 8 S12 MRR-SW (Mirror switch) Detects home position of the mirror Photointerruptor unit 11 8 S13 T-FUL-SW (Toner-full switch) Detects when the used toner bag is full Detects lack of paper in the lower cassette Detects lower cassette size Push switch 10 25 S14 EMP2-SW (Paper-empty switch-2) Photointerruptor 12 32 S15 SIZE2-SW (Size switch-2) Push switch 13 50 S16 PSTP2-SW (Paper stop switch-2) Detects paper in front of the lower transport roller Detects open/closed condition of the platen cover Detects the position of the upper cassette tray Detects the position of the lower cassette tray Photointerruptor 2 26 S27 PTN-SW (Platen switch) Photointerruptor 5 38 S28 T-UP1-SW (Tray-up-1 switch) Photointerruptor 12 32 S29 T-UP2-SW (Tray-up-2 switch) Photointerruptor 12 32 2060. 2860/70 GENERAL 2 . cancels abnormal condition S3 EMP1-SW (Paper-empty switch-1) S4 U-COV-SW (Side door switch) S5 S6 SIZE1-SW (Size switch-1) M-FED-SW (Manual-feed switch) S7 PSTP1-SW (Paper stop switch-1) S8 PSTP0-SW (Aligning switch) S9 S10 EXIT-SW (Exit switch) Detects paper in front of the upper transport roller Detects paper in front of the aligning roller Detects exiting paper Photointerruptor Photointerruptor 28 11 8 8 Photointerruptor 15 20 Photointerruptor 13 8 Detects lack of paper in the upper cassette For safety. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 11 2060. 2860/70 GENERAL .(5) Heaters and lamps Parts list Symbol EXP Code name EXPO-LAMP (Exposure lamp) HTR HTR-LAMP (Heater lamp) Fixing Function Exposes the original Remarks Halogen lamp 300W Halogen lamp 900W (100V series) 1100W (200V series) ERS ERS-LAMP (Discharge lamp) DCH DCH-LED (LED eraser array) DHU1 DHU2 DHL D-HTR-U1 (Damp heater U1) D-HTR-U2 (Damp heater U2) D-HTR-L (Damp heater L) Keeps optical system warm (option) Keeps optical system warm (option) Cement resistor Cement resistor 102 102 7 4 4 30 To interrupt the charge LED 4 10 Discharges the drum Fuse type 4 12 25 6 Page 18 Item 13 Keeps the drum and transfer/separation Cement resistor charger case warm (option) (6) PC boards Parts list Symbol LGC DSP Code name PWA-LGC (Logic PC board) PWA-DSP (Display PC board) KEY PWA-KEY (Key PC board) LRG PWA-LRG (Lamp regulator PC board) DCH K-DCH (LED eraser array PC board) ERS PWA-ERS (Discharge lamp PC board) AES PWA-AES (Automatic exposure PC board) FUS PWA-FUS (Fuse PC board) Fuse for the damp heater circuit 7 31 Reads dark/light of the original 17 37 Turns on and drives LED during reduction Discharge lamp 4 12 4 10 Controls exposure lamp 5 20 Controls operation keys 3 21 Function Controls the entire copier Controls condition displays Remarks Page 8 3 Item 15 20 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 . 2860/70 GENERAL 2 .12 Dec.(7) Transformers Parts list Symbol HVT Code name Function Remarks Mono unit type Page 7 Item 27 PS-HVT (Charging transformer) Generates high voltage electricity for charging (negative voltage) (Transfer/separation Generates high voltage electricity transformer) for transfer/separation and developing bias voltage (Transfer bias Generates bias voltage to raise transformer) transfer efficiency ACC PS-ACC (Power supply for all) Power supply for whole copier power 8 7 (8) Others Parts list Symbol ATS Code name SNR-ATC (Auto-toner sensor) THMS1 THMS1-HTR (Heat-roller thermistor-1) THMS2 THMS2-HTR (Heat-roller thermistor-2) THERMO K-THERMO (Thermostat) FU FU-EXPO (Thermofuse) exposure lamp Prevents abnormal heating of the 18 12 Detects the temperature of the heat roller end Prevents abnormal heating of heat roller 26 8 26 27 Function Reads toner density with a magnetic sensor Detects temperature of the heat roller 26 19 Remarks Page 23 Item 33 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 13 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 .3 Wire Harness Location Diagram [A] Location diagram for upper unit Dec.2. 2860/70 GENERAL . 1996 © TOSHIBA .14 Dec. 2860/70 GENERAL 2 .[B] Location diagram for lower unit 2060. [C] Lower rear cover (1) Remove the upper 3 screws.15 2060. [E] Feed cover (left and right) (1) Remove the paper feed cover. 2860/70 GENERAL . (2) When removing the left feed cover.4. (2) Remove the pins on the hinges at both ends (1 each). [D] Upper feed cover (1) Open the front cover and the bypass tray and then remove the 2 screws.1 Removal of covers [A] Front cover (1) Open the front cover. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 .Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 2. (3) Remove the screws (2 on each side).4 Removal of Covers and PC Boards 2. open the front cover. Left feed cover Right feed cover Loosen Lower rear cover Upper feed cover Upper rear cover Dec. Front cover [B] Upper rear cover (1) Remove the 4 screws. (2) Loosen the lower 2 screws. Upper exit cover Lower exit cover [H] Rear top cover (1) Remove the original cover. [L] Upper inner cover (1) Remove the process unit.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M [F] Upper exit cover (1) Remove the 2 screws. (2) Remove the 5 screws. Upper inner cover 2060. [G] Lower exit cover (1) Lift the upper unit. (2) Remove the 4 screws. [K] Glass fix (1) Remove the 2 screws. Left top cover Rear top cover Right top cover Glass fix [I] Right top cover (feed side) (1) Remove the 2 screws. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 2860/70 GENERAL 2 . (2) Remove the 3 screws. (2) Open the front cover and remove the screw. [J] Left top cover (exit side) (1) Remove the 2 screws.16 Dec. Lower inner cover Dec.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M [M] Middle inner cover (1) Remove the screw. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 . (2) Remove the middle inner cover.17 2060. Door switch cover [O] Lower inner cover (1) Remove the toner box. 2860/70 GENERAL . Middle inner cover [N] Door switch cover (1) Remove the 2 screws. (3) Remove the 1 screw. ) (4) Remove the logic PC board. (3) Remove the lock supports (4 pcs. 1996 © TOSHIBA . (2) Remove the 14 connectors. (4) Remove the power supply PC board. (2) Remove the 16 connectors (2860). PS-ACC Connector bracket [C] Lamp regulator PC board (PWA-LRG) (1) Remove the upper rear cover. Lock support PWA-LGC Lock support [B] Power supply PC board (PS-ACC) (1) Remove the connector bracket (2 screws). (3) Remove the 4 screws. (2) Remove the 2 connectors.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 2. 2860/70 GENERAL 2 .18 Dec. Lock support PWA-LRG Lock support Connectors 2060. (15 connectors for 2060).2 Removal of main PC boards [A] Logic PC board (PWA-LGC) (1) Remove the lower rear cover. (3) Remove the lamp regulator PC board (4 lock supports).4. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 .Return Skip 3560/70 S/M [D] ADU drawer connector (1) Remove the logic PC board. (3) Remove the bracket for the ADU drawer connector (2 screws). (2) Remove the bracket for the logic PC board (3 screws). 2860/70 GENERAL . Remove the connector J535 on the PS-ACC. Bracket for PWA-LGC ADU drawer connector bracket Dec.19 2060. 8W x 9 lamps _ _ + + + _ _ 3 + + 8 Cleaning _ _ + Black development Magnetic roller Bias –100 VDC _ 7 Paper exiting Fixing Heat roller 900 W (115V) 1030W (220/240V) + + _ Sheet-bypass feeding (50 sheets) Cassette feeding (upper/ lower/PFP)(600 sheets) LCF feeding (1500 sheets) Separation AC 3.41 kV 1 kHz Transfer –DC 5. toner adheres to surface of photosensitive drum and forms a visible image. from the drum. ᕈ Separation D : Separates the transfer sheet.25 kV 5 4 6 Transfer bias –DC 990 V ᕃ Charging D : Negatively charges surface of the photosensitive drum. charge from the drum.1 Copying Process 2 Halogen lamp 300 W LED eraser array 63 LEDs Charging –635V ±5 V Optical section Toner Carrier 1 9 Discharge lamp 1. ᕇ Transfer Dec. : Fixes the toner on the transfer sheet by applying heat and pressure.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 3. ᕄ Exposure D ᕉ Fixing D ᕅ Development : D ᕊ Cleaning D ᕆ Transfer bias : Increases transfer efficiency. along with the toner. D ᕋ Discharge lamp : Discharges any remaining : Transfers the visible image from the drum onto the transfer (copy) sheet. 1996 © TOSHIBA 3-1 2060. : Forms an electrical image on the drum. COPYING PROCESS Original exposure 3. 2860/70 PROCESS . : Mechanically removes any remaining toner on the drum. 2860/70 PROCESS 3-2 Dec. adjustable using the digital keys 5. Exposure (1) Light control Automatic exposure/manual slide volume setting (2) Light source 300W halogen lamp stabilized with regulator (light intensity remains constant even when voltage varies) 4. 1996 © TOSHIBA . Drum (1) Sensitivity (2) Charger grid voltage 2050 OD-1710 (OPC ø60) Highly sensitized drum DC –800V Scolotron system 2060/2860 OD-2060 (OPC ø60) (1) (2)–635 V DC Scolotron system Output adjustable by using the ten keys 2. Separation Adjustable output (independently adjustable using the digital keys) –990 V DC (6)D-2060 (Black) (2) (3) (4) (5)T-2060 (Black) (1) (2) (1)Automatic exposure and manual 9-step setting 2060. Development (1) Magnetic roller One magnetic roller (with two shaft mixers) (2) Auto-toner (3) Toner replenishment (4) Toner-empty detection (5) Toner Magnetic bridge-circuit system Toner cartridge system Intensity sensing system T-1710 (Black) T-1710-R (Red) T-1710-BL (Blue) (6) Developing material D-1710 (Black) D-1710-R (Red) D-1710-BL (Blue) (7) Developer bias –194V DC. Transfer –1.2 Comparison with the 2050 of Copying Process Conditions Process 1. Main charger Variable output (fixed current) using the digital keys 3. volume adjustable (7)–100 V DC.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 3. Transfer bias 6.4KV DC Adjustable output (fixed current) using the digital keys 7. (ø35) • Lamp rating Infrared heat • 900W (100V series) • 1100W (200V series) (2) Cleaning Cleaning with silicon impregnated roller (3) Heater-temperature control 11. Discharge (1) Discharging position (2) Discharge lamp 9.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M Process 8. 2860/70 PROCESS . Control ON/OFF control by thermistor Microcomputer (3) Infrared heat • 900W (115V) • 1030W (220/240V) (2) Blade system Non-reusable (1) (2) Discharge by exposure after cleaning (1) Discharge by tungsten lamp (2) 2050 2060/2860 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 3-3 2060. Cleaning (1) System (2) Recovered toner 10. Fixing (1) System • Fixing Long-life heat roller system • Fixing roller: Teflon coated roller (1) • Fixing roller: Aluminum roller coated with Teflon (ø40) • Pressure • Pressure roller: PFA tube silicon roller (ø28) • Pressure roller: Silicon rubber roller with PFA tube. When there is no key input for a set amount of time. ~ Lens and mirror units move to their home position and then stop. 2860/70 OPERATION . and the copier enters the standby mode.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 4. • Initialization of the optical system ~ Carriages move to their home position and then stop. 1996 © TOSHIBA 4-1 2060. the main motor stops ~ Fuser unit drive section stops (3) When the heat roller temperature is sufficient for fixing. the reproduction ratio will indicate “actual size”. ~ Indicators perform the initial operation and move to a position indicating the copy area. the copy quantity “1” will be shown. Dec.1 Operation up to standby state after power on (1) Initial operation • The main switch is turned ON.2 Standby (ready) • Bottom fan motor (M8) and exit fan motor (M7) are running at low speed. they are not moved. COPIER OPERATION Copier operation Operation during warm up and standby Automatic-feed copying using PRINT key Copying operation Bypass-feed copying Interrupt copying 4. have elapsed since the power was turned ON ~ Main motor rotates ~ Fuser unit drive section rotates: Pre-running Pressure roller is warmed After pre-running for 15 sec. the heater lamp is turned off. (2) Pre-running 65 sec. 4.2. If they were raised already. • All keys on the control panel are operable.2 Description of Operation 4. and the exposure will be set at automatic.1 Operation Outline 4. • Copy quantity indicator “0” and “WAIT WARMING UP” are displayed..2. • Initialization of the paper feed section ~ Each slot’s cassette trays move upward. The counter is increased by 1. M12) stop. (2) Cassette feeding • Feed clutch (CLT3 or 5) is turned on ~ Pick-up roller.) (6) Exit operation • Exit switch (S9) detects the passing of the paper trailing edge. if the toner density of the developer material is lower than the set value. • Scanning motor (M2) is turned off. Carriages -1 and -2 scan in a forward direction ~ Scanning motor (M15) is turned on. • Main motor (M1). • Main charger and exposure lamp are turned off.3 Automatic feed copying using the PRINT key (1) PRINT key is pressed • Main. • Carriages and indicators move to the position indicating copy area. the copier enters the toner supply operation. 2860/70 OPERATION 4-2 Dec. ~ Aligning operation After a set amount of time. – Transport roller rotating • Paper reaches the transport roller ~ Paper stop switch-2 (S14) is turned on.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 4. • Main motor is turned on ~ Drum. At this time. heat roller. bottom fan motor (M8) and exit fan motor (M7) are running at high speed. paper feed roller.2. After a set amount of time. discharge lamp and LED eraser array are turned on. and exit roller are running. transfer bias. 2060. * Paper reaches the aligning roller. Paper stop switch-1 (S7) is turned on. • The copier enters the standby mode. (5) Termination of carriage scanning. transport belt. transfer and separation chargers. transfer. developer unit. • Optical fan motor (M6. • Aligning clutch (CLT2) is turned off. ~ Toner motor (M9) is turned ON. • Optical fan motor (M6. (4) A set time lag after the carriage operation. and separation chargers. M12). and separation roller are running. (3) Carriage operation • Exposure lamp is turned on. 1996 © TOSHIBA . aligning clutch (CLT2) is turned on: ~ paper is sent to the transfer unit. transfer bias. the feed roller stops rotating (CLT1). (Timing of shutting off depends on paper size. and bottom fan motor (M8) and exit fan motor (M7) are running at low speed. the feed clutch (CLT3 or 5) is turned off. discharge lamp. and LED eraser array are turned off. 13 3.82 ON 0.10 8.40 High 5.46 1.10 4.30 5.03 2.2 BWD 0.22 Timing chart for two A4 actual-size cassette feeding .20 ON 2.75 ON 5.93 5.02 ON 2.44 ON 0.34 BWD RGT 1.1 2.06 ON 6.47 LOW 4.85 EXPO HVT-M 3.41 BWD 3.77 FWD 4.91 5.64 ON 4.50 8. 2860/70 OPERATION 0.99 2.72 1.10 High Separation OFF 0.53 CCW SCN 0.35 OFF 4.71 ON 2.03 High OFF Transfer OFF 0.29 5.12 3.95 ON 5.37 2.1 1.84 FWD 0.29 4.10 4.96 2.1 CW MAIN-MOT 7. 1996 © TOSHIBA 4-3 2060.40 LOW Guide bias 1.37 3.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M Dec.14 ON 5.05 EXIT-SW 2. Register remains unchanged. 4. heat roller.2.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 4.5 Interrupt copying (1) The INTERRUPT key is pressed.3 Automatic Feed Copying Using the PRINT key”. The copying operation is temporarily halted and carriages-1 and -2 return to their home position. (3) After interrupt copying is terminated when the INTERRUPT key is pressed again. After a set time lag. 2060. paper feed roller.2. transport belt. discharge lamp. the interrupt LED goes off and the copier returns to the conditions before the interruption. the manual feed clutch (CLT4) is turned off and paper feeding is terminated. ~ Manual feed roller. • Optical fan motor (M6. developer unit. The copying mode is set to automatic exposure and 1-to-1 reproduction ratio. and LED eraser array are turned on. (4) PRINT key is pressed The copying operation before the interruption is resumed. M12). • Main motor (M1) is turned on ~ Drum. 2860/70 OPERATION 4-4 Dec. (4) Same as operation (3) through (6) of “4. (3) Sheet-bypass feeding • Manual feed clutch (CLT4) is turned on ~ Manual feed roller is lowered. – Aligning operation – • Paper reaches aligning roller ~ Paper stop switch1 (S7) is turned on. and exit roller are running. and separation roller are running. bottom fan motor (M8) and exit fan motor (M7) are running at high speed.2.4 Bypass-feed copying (1) A sheet of paper is inserted through the bypass guide • Manual feed switch (S6) is turned on. • Interruption LED is turned on. (2) The preferred copying modes are specified. 1996 © TOSHIBA . transfer bias. (2) PRINT key is pressed • The main transfer and separation chargers. (1) ADD PAPER (2) BYPASS MISFEED (3) INSERT KEY COPY COUNTER (4) CASSETTE MISFEED B) Faults which cannot be cleared without turning off the door switch (red flashing display on the display panel). a symbol corresponding to the type of fault will be displayed in order to draw the attention of the operator. 2860/70 OPERATION . f When the cassette is not installed. (1) SERVICE CALL A-1) ADD PAPER ( • ) [In the case of the copier and PFP cassettes] When the cassette is not installed. When the cassette is installed but there is no paper in the cassette.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 4. Dec. • Classification of faults A) Faults which can be cleared without turning off the door switch (yellow flashing display on the display panel).3 Fault Detection If a fault occurs in the copier. f Signal sent to control circuit. the size switch (S5 or S15) detects the absence of the cassette. The ADD PAPER display will flash. 1996 © TOSHIBA 4-5 2060. 64748 Paper empty status. * The PRINT key will not function. G ~Size switches are all switched off. (1) CLEAR PAPER (2) ADD TONER (yellow flashing display) (3) REPLACE TONER BAG C) Faults which cannot be cleared unless the main switch (S1) is turned off. both tray-up and LCF empty switches are off. 1996 © TOSHIBA f f At this time. ¤ . • During copying. • When the power is turned on or when the LCF door is opened/closed (for the pedestal: when the power is turned on or when the cassette is removed) ~ The PFC (Paper Feed Controller) causes the LCF to initialize. ~ It is determined there is no paper. sheets of paper are fed and when the paper supply becomes low ¡ The tray-up switch goes off ¡ The PFC turns on the tray motor ~ The tray moves up. The tray-up switch come on ¡ The tray motor stops.) • Within a fixed time. “ADD PAPER” is displayed. At this time.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M [In the case of the LCF and the pedestal] By combining the operation of the tray motor and the condition of the tray-up switch and the empty switch. turn off/on the power. f f f f f 4-6 Dec. (For the pedestal. if the tray-up switch is not turned on: The tray is not normal f 2060. Copying stops. when the empty switch goes off despite the tray-up switch being on It is determined there is no paper. • A fixed time later. the CPU detects whether or not there is paper. the tray-up switch turns on: ~ The tray motor stops. • During copying. Detects whether or not there is paper • Tray motor comes on ~ The tray rises. if the empty switch is off ~ It is determined there is paper. ¡ The “ADD PAPER” is displayed regardless of paper being present or not. The “ADD PAPER” is displayed. if the empty switch is on At this time. 2860/70 OPERATION Removing/reinstalling the LCF or turning off/on clears this condition. 875 seconds have elapsed. A-3) INSERT KEY COPY COUNTER ( ) f • If the copy counter (optional) is installed in the copier and is then withdrawn: f The INSERT KEY COPY COUNTER display appears Copying is not possible • If the counter is withdrawn during copying. 1996 © TOSHIBA . the machine will stop after the paper being copied has exited. 2860/70 OPERATION Dec. B-1) CLEAR PAPER ( ) f • Leading-edge jam detection by the exit switch (S9): (E01) The aligning clutch (CLT2) is turned on The exit switch (S9) comes on * When the exit switch (S9) has not come on after 1.875 sec f f f f f f 1.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M A-2) BYPASS MISFEED ( 14443 ) • During sheet bypass copying The manual feed clutch (CLT4) has been turned on The paper-stop switch-1 (S7) comes on * If the paper-stop switch-1 (S7) does not come on within the specified time: BYPASS MISFEED The BYPASS MISFEED symbol is displayed Copying cannot be started Clearing method: Remove the paper from the sheet-bypass guide. CLEAR PAPER (E01) Exit switch Timer 0 1.* Aligning motor On On 4-7 2060.875 sec. The CLEAR PAPER symbol (E01) appears and copying will stop. The manual-feed switch (S6) goes off. 92 sec Aligning motor Off Exit switch On 1. 1996 © TOSHIBA . if the paper stop switch-1 (S7) is not turned on within a fixed time ↓ Paper misfeeding (E05) • During paper feeding from the ADU: After the feed clutch is turned on. ↓ per exit) * When the exit switch (S9) does not go off even after 1. ↓ Paper misfeeding (E11) • During paper stacking in the ADU: If the ADU jam switch (SA4) does not detect any paper at the fixed timing ↓ Paper misfeeding (E08) CLEAR PAPER (E02) Timer 0 1. • Immediately after power on ↓ Exit switch (S9) is detecting paper (on) ↓ CLEAR PAPER (E03) • If the front cover is opened during copying ↓ CLEAR PAPER (E04) • Leading edge jam detection by the paper stop switch in front of the aligning roller: After the leading edge of the paper passes the transport rollers.92 seconds: ↓ The CLEAR PAPER symbol appears (E02).92 sec* The exit switch (S9) goes off (detects pa- 2060. and copying stops. if the paper stop switch (S16) does not come on within a fixed time. 2860/70 OPERATION 4-8 Dec.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M • Trailing-edge detection by exit switch (S9): (E02) Aligning clutch (CLT2) goes off. C-1) Service call ) ) Toner density has become low The toner bag becomes full of toner If the CLEAR/STOP key and the “8” key are pressed simultaneously when the SERVICE CALL symbol symbol is flashing. For the contents of the error codes. 1996 © TOSHIBA 4-9 2060. ↓ REPLACE TONER BAG display • When the toner-full switch (S13) comes on during copying ↓ Copying will stop after the last sheet has exited during copying Clearing method: Replace with a new toner bag. refer to the “SERVICE HANDBOOK”. Toner supply operation: copying is possible B-3) REPLACE TONER BAG ( ↓ The toner-recovery auger moves towards the rear of the copier: toner-full switch (S13) will be turned on. if paper stop switches (S7/S16) do not come on within a fixed time ↓ Paper misfeeding (E13 – E19) E13 – E19: The error code is different according to the cassette used. one of the error codes will appear on the message display. 2860/70 OPERATION .Return Skip 3560/70 S/M • During paper feeding from the copier and the pedestal: After the feed clutch is turned on. B-2) ADD TONER ( ↓ Toner empty detection: Auto-toner sensor ↓ Control circuit: f the ADD TONER symbol appears: copying is not possible Clearing method: Replace the toner cartridge and close the front cover. Dec. 4. 2860/70 OPERATION 4 .1 Power on to ready Main switch on DC power on Restart YES Cover open? NO Heater lamp HTR ON • • • • • • SCN-MOT LNS-MOT MRR-MOT DCM-MOT STOP-MOT GUIDE-MOT 1444442444443 YES YES YES Start initialization P-STP-SW ON? NO EXIT-SW ON? NO ADU-JAM-SW ON? NO Paper jam A "E03" 2060.10 Dec.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 4. 1996 © TOSHIBA .4 Flow Charts 4. 2860/70 OPERATION . 1996 © TOSHIBA 4 .Return Skip A 3560/70 S/M T-FUL-SW ON? NO YES NO Toner empty? YES Main motor 6 sec.11 2060. ON Toner replenishment (Toner-full removal operation) NO NO Initialization over? YES T-FULL SW ON YES Toner bag replacement NO Have 20 sec. passed since start of initialization? YES Service call “C21”or “C22” or “C23” • Lens and mirrors positioned for specified reproduction ratio • Carriage and indicator indicate copy area Is heat roller pre-running sufficient for fixing? NO YES Main motor ON Pre-running operation starts Is the thermistor open? YES NO Service call NO Have 15 sec. passed YES “C41” Main motor OFF Pre-running stops READY Dec. 12 Dec. 2860/70 OPERATION 4 .2 Automatic feed copying PRINT key Transfer charger on Separation charger on Discharge lamp on Process control Transport control Optical section control All LEDs of the LED eraser array on PLL check for main motor OK? YES NO Carriage moves to home position Main charger on Service call LED eraser array off Feed motor on "C01" Exposure lamp on All LEDs of the LED eraser array on Feed motor off Carriage advances Main charger off Aligning motor on Counter on Scraper solenoid on Carriages stops All LEDs of the LED eraser array off Exposure lamp off Counter off NO Is number of remaining copies zero? YES YES Scraper solenoid off Aligning motor off Is number of remaining copies zero? NO Carriage retreats to home position NO Is number of remaining copies zero? YES Process control end Exit switch check 1 OK NG Copying area indicated Optical section control end B Paper jam "E01" 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA .Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 4.4. Return Skip 3560/70 S/M B Paper jam “E02” NG Exit switch check 2 OK Transfer changer OFF Separation charger OFF Discharge lamp OFF Drum rotation reversed Standby Dec. 2860/70 OPERATION .13 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA 4 . 1 Detailed Drawing of the Control Panel and the Display Panel For the U. INFO YES NO 50% A3 M1 M2 B4 1 4 7 0 2 5 8 C/ 3 6 FC B5 USER SET IMAGE SHIFT UNIV LEFT RIGHT BOOK 9 AMS APS MODE MEMORY EDGE ERASE DUAL PAGE SET RECALL Arrangement of the control panel For the U. Particularly. HELP YES NO 50% ZOOM LG M1 M2 LT STAPLE SORT GROUP SORTER 2 in 1 SADF ADF ADF DUPLEX CASSETTE LIGHT AUTO DARK IMAGE MODE 1 4 7 0 2 5 8 C/ CLEAR/STOP 3 6 FC FUNCTION CLEAR ST USER SET IMAGE SHIFT OTHER LEFT RIGHT BOOK 9 AMS PRINT JOB MEMORY EDGE ERASE DUAL PAGE APS SET RECALL For Europe 200% READY A4 100% ORIGINAL A4 COPY 100% PREV. DISPLAY UNIT The display unit consists of key switches for copier operation/selection of each mode. and Canada READY LT 100% ENERGY SAVE INTERRUPT 200% ORIGINAL LD COPY SIZE 100% PREV.S. LEDs and an LCD displaying the copier state or messages. a graphic symbol lights or flashes and the message indicating that condition is displayed.A.5. when the operator’s attention is recommended. and Canada For Europe CASSETTE Details of the display panel Dec. 2860/70 DISPLAY .A. 5. 1996 © TOSHIBA 5-1 2060.S. Capable of copying. for example. When a digital key is pressed. 2860/70 DISPLAY 5-2 Dec. • Copy quantity indicator becomes “1” and copying is completed. • Returns to the initial condition if no key input is given for 45 seconds. • The set number is cleared to “1” by pressing the CLEAR/STOP key. • Indicated when the machine is capable of copying and the operator’s instructions for copying conditions are awaited. 5 ADU 1-sided copying standby state. Notes • The number and reproduction ratio of the copies are indicated. • Copy quantity indicator indicates as “1”.1 Display during normal copying Conditions of machine Being warmed up • Indicated after the main switch is switched on up until the machine becomes capable of copying. and when not using ADF.2 Items Shown on the Display Panel 5. 1996 © TOSHIBA .2. 4 SAVING ENERGY PRESS PRINT PLACE NEXT ORIGINAL • Released by pressing the ENERGY SAVER key or the PRINT key. the copy quantity indicator returns to the initially set number. • Indicated by pressing the PRINT key. • When using ADU 1-sided. the symbol B lights up on the display panel. Message 1 WAIT WARMING UP 2 READY 3 COPYING • After completion of copying. as “0”. the symbol A lights up and for longitudinal feeding. C A B 2060. C below. In case of lateral paper feeding. “100%” when the main switch comes on. No. Now copying. Energy saving conditions.5. the set number is indicated. • Manual copying is possible. Solution • Supply paper to the selected cassette.) • Manual copying is possible. USED TONER • Indicated when the toner bag is full.2 Display in the event of faulty conditions Abnormal state & indication Indication of lack of paper. • When it is removed after pressing the PRINT key. C below. • Select another cassette. ADD TONER: Indication of lack of toner. 2860/70 DISPLAY . the machine stops after that copy is completed. No. The copier stops. it is not possible to copy. • When this message is displayed. but the counter counts it. 1996 © TOSHIBA 5-3 2060. D below. • B below is indicated when PRESS INFO the toner in the toner cartridge runs out. 8 • Released and returned to normal conditions by inserting the key copy counter. D B C A E Dec. Message 6 ADD PAPER 7 • Released after the toner is supplied and the front cover is closed. 9 Open the front cover and replace the toner bag.) • Indicates which cassette has no paper.2. DISPOSE OF Indication of need to replace the toner bag. (E below. • Indicates when there is no paper in the cassette. • Indicated when the key copy KEY COPY COUNTER counter is withdrawn when the machine is READY or during copying. (A below.5. INSERT Key copy counter withdrawn. FEEDER jammed in the optional document feeder. I below. D and H below. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 2860/70 DISPLAY 5-4 Dec. Message 10 PAPER MISFEED 11 12 13 14 Abnormal state & indication Bypass paper jamming • Indicates when paper jams at IN BYPASS the bypass guide. E F C B G I A D H 2060. Open the ADF feed cover and remove the jammed original. • Indicates when paper is jammed in the sorter. PRESS INFO Solution The machine is returned to normal conditions automatically by pulling the paper out from the bypass guide. PRESS INFO MISFEED IN ADU: Indicates when paper is jammed in the ADU section. E and F below. • Press the HELP (INFO) key and remove the paper jammed in the copier following the message. G below. B. C. MISFEED Original jammed • Indicated when an original is IN DOC. • Indicated when paper jams in PRESS INFO the machine. A below. Press the HELP (INFO) key and remove the paper jammed in the copier following the message. MISFEED IN SORTER: Paper jammed in the sorter. Remove the paper jammed in the sorter and open and close the front cover once.No. MISFEED IN COPIER Paper jammed in the machine. 1996 © TOSHIBA 5-5 2060. A Dec. Maintenance and inspection by a qualified service technician. 2860/70 DISPLAY . Solution Turn off the machine. Message 15 CALL FOR SERVICE: PRESS INFO TIME FOR PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 16 Abnormal state & indication Some or one of the mechanism. switches or sensors are abnormal.No. motors. remove the cause of the fault and turn the machine back on. • Indicated when it is time for periodic maintenance and inspection. • Capable of copying. A below. Indication of PM cycle. .. Dec.3 Relationship between Copier Conditions and Operator’s Actions 5-6 Service call – Interrupt mode _ Energy-saving mode _ _: Machine operates or indicates in accordance with the operator’s action.... the energy-saving mode will be cancelled... 2860/70 DISPLAY Ready _ Reproduction-ratio changing – Copying – Add paper – Add toner – Key copy counter not inserted (optional) – Bypass misfeed – Replace toner bag – Clear paper – 5. the copy quantity indicator returns to “1”.. (3) The function of the CLEAR/STOP key changes in the following manner according to the machine status. When pressed once. avoid sheet bypass feeding because of possible paper jamming.) When not copying .Operation CLEAR/ STOP key Digital keys Sheet bypass _ _ _ _ – _ _ _ – _ – – – – – – – – – _ _ _ _ _ – – – – – – _ – – – – – – – _ _ _ _ _ _ _ – – – _ – – – – – – – _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ – _ – – _ – _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ – – – – – _ _ _ – – – – – – _ _ _ – _ _ _ – _ – – – – _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ – _ _ _ – _ – – _ – _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ – _ – – _ – COPY SIZE key CASSETTE SELECTION key INTERRUPT key ENERGY SAVER key EDGE ERASE key IMAGE SHIFT key PRINT key Condition REPRODUCTION EXPOSURE ORIGINAL SIZE RATIO key key selection key DUALPAGE COPY key Warming up – 2060.. – : Operation is ignored... (4) During copying.. 1996 © TOSHIBA Note: The interrupt mode will be automatically cancelled when the machine is not used for 45 seconds.. The copy quantity indicator will not change... avoid changing exposure as far as possible. During copying . Interruption of the copying (Stop function . (1) By pressing the ENERGY SAVER key or the PRINT key. (2) During copying. . the main CPU outputs the display data for the blocks 1~4. 2860/70 DISPLAY . Dec. IC37 (7407). • Message data and executable programs are stored in the main PROM. When the message is changed. and IC18 (gate array) of the logic circuit control.1 Dot matrix LCD display circuit • Dot matrix LCD display circuit has a display capacity of 40 characters (20 characters x 2 lines). 1996 © TOSHIBA 5-7 2060. • The character codes are stored in the PROM on the LCD. The main CPU divides the display block into 4 blocks. IC9 (HC244). • What character is displayed in what position: IC19 (main CPU). 1 3 Display blocks 2 4 (4a) When changing the display data only for the reproduction ratio.4 Description of Operation 5.5. the leading RAM address data in the display position of the reproduction-ratio block (4a) are first output and then the display data for the number of reproduction-ratio characters (4 characters) are output to the LCD.4. The main CPU outputs the RAM address data for the starting position at which each block is displayed and then outputs display data for the number of characters (10 characters) to be displayed to the LCD. • 1 character is a unit consisting of ON/OFF lights made of 35-element (5 x 7) dots. (1) Structure (2) Drive Operation • LED control: The LCD’s internal control driver drives. current flows from +5VD to LP12 (APS) through the transistor.AD15 IO10 A7 B7 DB7 DB0 ~ ~ ~ ~ AD0 IO17 A0 B0 O17 O14 O15 OE 244 Gate array LCD-E LCD-RS E RS Main CPU 5. +5VD R9 R11 DSPON0 “L” Q2 R “L” 14 D10 R7 IC4 (APS) LP12 When DSPON0 signal becomes “L” level. Further. 2060.4.2 LED display circuit (1) LED display method For example. the following shows how the LED LP12 (APS) lights up for displaying “automatic paper sensing”. when IC4 pin14 (D10) becomes “L” level. In this way LP12 (APS) lights up. transistor Q2 is turned ON. 2860/70 DISPLAY 5-8 ~ Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA . Dec. D7 LP14 ON (example) LP18 ON ON (example) Condition of LED lighting ᕃ The transistor (Q1 or Q2) connected on the anode side of the LED is ON status. 2860/70 DISPLAY .1 Display Circuit (PWA-DSP) 1/4) • • • The signals of DSPON0 and DSPON1 become “L” level by one turn every 8 msec. When the above conditions ᕃ and ᕄ are fulfilled. Refer to the following names of the LED which are ON/OFF controlled by DSPON0/DSPON1 signals. (Serial data) DSPDAT DSPON1 DSPON0 8 msec 8 msec Q2 OFF Q2 ON Q1 ON Q1 OFF • The LED ON/OFF signal is inputted to IC2 in serial is outputted to output terminals of D1 – D16 in parallel. 1996 © TOSHIBA 5-9 2060.(2) The actual circuit is controlled as follows. ᕄ Output connected on the cathode side of the LED is “L” level. VDD DSPON1 DSPON0 LTL16KG 2 P/3 LTL16KG 2 P/2 LTL16KG 2 P/1 LTL16KG 2 P/0 LTL16KG 2 P/USER LTL16KG 2 APS LTL16KG 2 USER/AJ LTL16KG 2 EDGE LTL16KG 2 DP LP1 LTL16KG 2 1LP7 LP2 LTL16KG 2 1LP8 LP3 LTL16KG 2 1LP9 LP4 LTL16KG 2 1LP10 LP5 LTL16KG 2 1LP11 LP6 LTL16KG 2 1LP12 LP16 LTL16KG 2 1LP13 LP15 LTL16KG 2 1LP17 LP14 LTL16KG 2 1LP18 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 O/3 O/2 O/1 O/0 O/USER AMS MSB MSR MSL 4B8 4B8 R18 1 R17 1 R20 1 R19 1 2 1000 2 1000 2 1000 2 1000 R2 100 2 1 R3 100 2 1 R4 100 2 1 R5 100 2 1 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 6 7 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 19 20 21 22 24 25 R6 100 2 1 R7 100 2 1 R12 100 2 1 R14 100 2 1 R13 100 2 1 4B3 4B3 4B3 4C8 4B3 DSPDAT DSPLTH DSPRST DSPCLK R16 1000 1 2 R15 1000 1 2 HC14 2 3 IC3 HC14 4 IC3 1 27 4 26 28 2 3 29 30 1 23 18 13 8 LAST L/R SIN LATCH BE0 STB CK VDD VSSL VSSD3 VSSD2 VSSD1 VSSD0 IC4 7932M 1 2 1 2 C4 CKME0.2. LED ON/OFF signal from LGC is inputted to the SIN (pin 26) terminal of IC4 through DSPDAT signal line.1/25 1 2 SOUT 5 PHOTO A-EXPO5 EXPO9-4 EXPO8-3 EXPO7-2 EXPO6-1 4C8 4C8 4C8 4C8 4C8 4B8 C6 CKM33P/50J C7 CKM33P/50J SGD GND DSPOUT1 DSPCLK1 DSPLTH1 4C8 4C8 4C8 5VD R8 1 4B3 DSON1 R10 1 2150 R9 1 4B3 DSON0 R11 1 2150 22200 3 1 22200 1 3 Q2 2SA1428Y 2 Q1 2SA1428Y 2 (14. the LED lights. Q1 (or Q2) is turned ON when DSPON0 (or DSPON1) is “L” level. ) LC7932 IC1-6 IC1-7 IC1-9 IC1-10 IC1-11 IC1-12 IC1-14 IC1-15 IC1-16 IC1-17 IC1-19 IC1-20 IC1-21 IC1-22 IC1-24 IC1-25 IC2-6 IC2-7 IC2-9 IC2-10 IC2-11 IC2-12 IC2-14 IC2-15 IC2-16 IC2-17 IC2-19 IC2-20 IC2-21 IC2-22 IC2-24 IC2-25 IC4-6 IC4-7 IC4-9 IC4-10 IC4-11 IC4-12 IC4-14 IC4-15 IC4-16 IC4-17 IC4-19 IC4-20 IC4-21 IC4-22 IC4-24 IC4-25 order 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 Mark *: No mark: 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 7 9 *7 *8 *9 *10 *11 *12 *13 *17 *18 39 40 49 48 47 46 MAG2/G MAG2/B MAG2/A MAG2/F MAG2/E MAG2/D MAG2/C MAG3/G MAG3/B MAG3/A MAG3/F MAG3/E MAG3/D MAG3/C ADU1 ADU3 P/3 P/2 P/1 P/0 P/USER APS USER/AJ EDGE DP PHOTO AUTO EXPO9 EXPO8 EXPO7 EXPO6 Copy quantity display (tens) Copy quantity display (tens) Copy quantity display (tens) Copy quantity display (tens) Copy quantity display (tens) Copy quantity display (tens) Copy quantity display (tens) Copy quantity display (units) Copy quantity display (units) Copy quantity display (units) Copy quantity display (units) Copy quantity display (units) Copy quantity display (units) Copy quantity display (units) Duplexing (1 ¡ 2) Duplexing (2 ¡ 1) Paper size Paper size Paper size Paper size Paper size (User adjustment) APS User adjustment Edge erasing Dual-page copying Photo mode Automatic exposure Exposure display 9 (D MAX.10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA .) Exposure display 8 Exposure display 7 Exposure display 6 LEDs on PWA-DSP LEDs on PWA-KEY 2060.Transmission LP 5 38 22 23 24 25 26 27 12 15 30 16 33 32 SIGNAL DF/SINGL CST1 CST2 CST3 CST4 CST5 CST6 O/YOKO DFJ SRVC TEMP TFULL KCTR ADUSTUCK DSP-ON-0 ADF single feeding Cassette selection (LCF) Cassette selection (Copier-U) Cassette selection (Copier-L) Cassette selection (PFP-U) Cassette selection (PFP-M) Cassette selection (PFP-L) Horizontal original ADFJAM (Feeding) Call service Toner empty Toner full Key copy counter withdrawn ADU stacking LP 6 35 17 18 19 20 21 28 29 11 13 31 36 14 37 34 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 52 50 51 4 1 2 3 8 10 *1 *2 *3 *4 *5 *6 *16 *15 *14 45 44 43 42 41 SIGNAL DF/MULT1 PEMP1 PEMP2 PEMP3 PEMP4 PEMP5 PEMP6 O/TATE DEJ SJ EJ RJ TJ ADUJ PJ MJ MAG1/G MAG1/B MAG1/A MAG1/F MAG1/E MAG1/D MAG1/C AC PS INT 2IN1 STAPLE SORT GROUP ADU2 ADU4 O/3 O/2 O/1 O/0 O/USER AMS MSB MSR MSL EXPO5 EXPO4 EXPO3 EXPO2 EXPO1 DSP-ON-1 ADF multiple feeding Paper empty (LCF) Paper empty (Copier-U) Paper empty (Copier-L) Paper empty (PFP-U) Paper empty (PFP-M) Paper empty (PFP-L) Vertical original ADFJAM (Exiting) Sorter JAM Paper existing JAM Paper feeding JAM (Before aligning) Paper feeding JAM (After aligning) ADUJAM PFPJAM Bypass JAM Copy quantity display (hundreds) Copy quantity display (hundreds) Copy quantity display (hundreds) Copy quantity display (hundreds) Copy quantity display (hundreds) Copy quantity display (hundreds) Copy quantity display (hundreds) All clear Energy saving Interruption 2IN1 Staple mode Sort mode Group mode Duplexing (2 ¡ 2) Duplexing (Book ¡ 2) Original size Original size Original size Original size Original size (User adjustment) AMS Margin shift (Book) Right margin shift Left margin shift Exposure display 5 Exposure display 4 Exposure display 3 Exposure display 2 Exposure display 1 (L MAX. 2860/70 DISPLAY 5 . .. Main motor rotation is transmitted to the transport roller clutch via timing belts and gears... Transport belt gear is driven by the heat roller gear via the idle gear...........1 Construction of Drive System The drive system consists of a drum (cleaner unit).... Transport roller ..... Transport belt ....... Main motor rotation is transmitted to the aligning roller clutch via the timing belt and gears... Heat roller drive .... and drives the drum gear.... 2860/70 DRIVE .......... Main motor rotation is transmitted to the drum drive pulley via the timing (Cleaner unit) belt............. Gear/Developer unit drive gear (G26)/(G23) Timing pulley/Drum Timing pulley drive gear (G56/TP24) Main motor (TP40) (G20) (TP24)(G24) (G10) Belt (248 pitch) Arm fulcrum gear (G26) Arm fulcrum gear Belt (246 pitch) (G25) (G56) Heat roller (G24/G18) (G20) Exit roller (G20) Bypass feed roller Belt (Clutch/G28) (324 pitch) Timing pulley of the (G28) clamshell fulcrum (TP24/TP30/G28) (G28) (G26) Belt (324 pitch) Timing pulley (G20) (G57/TP24/TP19) Transport belt Aligning roller (Clutch/G28) Belt (324 pitch) (TP20)) (G27/G19) Aligning roller drive gear (G32/G19) Upper cassette feed roller (Clutch/G28) (G28) Belt (258 pitch) Lower transport roller (Clutch/G28)(TP15) Drum (G72) Belt (324 pitch) (G21) (G35) (G30) (G22) (G22) Transport roller (One-way clutch/TP15) (One-way clutch/TP20) (TP30/G28) (G28) ADU transport roller (G20) (G28) Lower cassette feed roller (Clutch/G28) Drive system (Rear side view) Dec............ exit roller..... developer unit... Cassette feed roller .. transport belt. Main motor rotation is transmitted to the developer unit drive gear via the timing belt and the gear. 1996 © TOSHIBA 6-1 2060... Aligning roller .Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 6.. The drive system is driven by the main motor.. Main motor rotation is transmitted to the heat roller gear via timing belt and gears. Exit roller ................ DRIVE SYSTEM 6......... heat roller... 6... Exit roller gear is driven by the heat roller gear via the idle gear................ cassette feed roller and aligning roller........ and drives the heat roller......... Main motor rotation is transmitted to the cassette feed roller via timing belts and gears...... Developer unit drive .......2 Description of Operations • • • • • • • • Drum drive .. transport roller. Remove the clamshell fulcrum bracket (3 screws). Remove the shaft bracket (1 screw). Connector Drum tension bracket Main drive unit Shaft bracket 2060.3 Disassembly and Replacement [A] Clamshell fulcrum bracket and pulley (1) (2) (3) (4) Remove the upper rear cover and the upper feed cover. Clamshell fulcrum bracket Clamshell fulcrum pulley Belt [B] Main motor (1) Remove the main motor (2 connectors and 2 screws). 2860/70 DRIVE 6-2 Dec. Remove the 2 belts from the pulley. Main motor Connectors [C] Main drive unit (1) (2) (3) Remove the drum tension bracket (1 screw). Remove the clamshell fulcrum pulley.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 6. Remove the main drive unit (connector and 5 screws). 1996 © TOSHIBA . 1996 © TOSHIBA 6-3 2060. Pulley Belt Dec. Drum drive gear Dev-unit drive gear Fuser drive gear [E] Feed drive unit (1) Remove the LCF connector bracket (2 screws). LCF connector bracket (2) Remove the clamshell fulcrum bracket and the feed roller bracket (3 screws) and then remove the pulley and belt.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M [D] Main drive unit gears (1) The developer-unit drive gear and the drum drive gear are press-fitted to their shafts. 2860/70 DRIVE . 2860/70 DRIVE 6-4 Dec. Pulley Stop-ring Belt (5) Remove the feed drive unit (3 screws). • This is easy to remove if the feed drive unit is slanted.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (3) Remove the lower feed roller clutch (1 setscrew). Feed drive unit 2060. Clutch Set-screw (4) Remove the pulley and belt for the upper feed roller (1 stop-ring). 1996 © TOSHIBA . ) (8) (9) When the main motor enters the locked range state. 1996 © TOSHIBA 6-5 2060. The excited phase switching unit switches the excitation for each phase.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 6. (“L” level). The phases and velocities of the FG pulse and the reference frequency from the LGC are compared. (By repeating (2) through (4) above. (MAIN-CW/CCW: Direction of rotation. and when the MAINMOT-ON signal enters “H” level. the main motor rotation is braked. Hall elements A to C are used to detect the rotation position of the motor (or rotor).) The FG pulse is generated by the FG pulse pattern and N/S magnets of rotor installed on the main motor. the motor keeps running. (Locked range state.e. i. (Signal generation) (7) Changes the switching timing for the excited phase switching unit to match the signal amount obtained in step (6). and the differences are added. the main motor stops. Dec. 2860/70 DRIVE . MAINMOT-ON: Motor rotation command) The excited phase switching unit excites each phase on the main motor ¡ Main motor runs.4 Main Motor 6.1 Main motor drive FG pulse Phase V Wave shaping Difference Phase comparator Voltage detection circuit Difference + Reference frequency Speed comparator (F-MOT-REF) PLL-OK Excitation phase switching section Phase W Hall element A Hall element B Photointerruptor Phase U Hall element C 678 MAIN-CW/CCW MOT-BRK MAINMOT-ON Lock protection circuit Rotation control Rotor position detection Control signal Main motor (M1) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) The LGC transmits control signals for main motor rotation. the excited phase switching unit transmits the PLL-OK signal to the LGC. Further to this are added the fluctuations in the supply voltage. When the MOT-BRK from LGC enters “L” level.4. control is done to equalize the FG pulse and reference frequency. ¡ The main motor runs at a constant speed. When this signal becomes “L” level.4. the main motor rotates counterclockwise as viewed from the rear side. 1996 © TOSHIBA . “H” level “L” level CCW direction Locked range state. this state is specified as lock range (normal rotation). 2860/70 DRIVE 6-6 Dec. etc. MAINMOT-ON signal (LGC ¡ MOT: Input) This signal is main motor ON/OFF control signal. the LED “LP1” light comes on. and this PLL-OK signal becomes “L” level. and drives the developer unit. the motor rotates. drum. Also. (3) (4) (5) F-MOT-REF signal (LGC ¡ MOT: Input) This signal is a reference clock signal for the main motor to rotate at a fixed speed. Brake ON Motor ON Reference clock * The signal names indicate a level in the connector J543.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 6. Signal level of motor circuit. (2) PLL-OK signal (MOT ¡ LGC: Output) When the cycle of FG pulse deviation from the reference frequency is within fixed range. when it becomes “L” level. Signal MAIN-CW/CCW PLL-OK F-MOT-REF MOT-BRK MAINMOT-ON Brake OFF Motor OFF CW Speed is out of the locked range. respectively. the main motor rotation is broken down.2 (1) Control signals MAIN-CW/CCW signal (LGC ¡ MOT: Input) Switches the rotation direction of the main motor. MOT-BRK signal (LGC ¡ MOT: Input) When it becomes “L” level. at this time. 2060. heat roller. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7-1 2060. This area where functions as above are performed is called the optical section. located at the upper side of the copier. Carriage 1 Original width indicator Optical fan Original glass Lens motor Mirror motor Lens unit Carriage 2 Mirror 6 Mirror unit Scanning motor Slit glass Drum Optical system (front view) Dec. OPTICAL SYSTEM 7. and the reflected light is conducted to the surface of the drum via the mirror.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 7.1 Functions In this copier. 2860/70 OPTICAL . The whole original image is reflected on the drum surface through the light source being scanned from the leading edge to the trailing edge. lens. the surface of the original is directly exposed to light. and slit. (2) Carriage 1 Carriage 1 consists of the exposure lamp. b. and in reduction copying it is faster. and light distribution adjustment plates. reflector. The reproduction ratio of the direction of paper transport (lengthwise reproduction ratio) is specified by this scanning speed being changed. mirror 1. the scanning speed is slower than the drum rotation speed. Original Glass Sub-reflector Reflector Exposure lamp Mirror 1 2060. both speeds are the same. etc. Light distribution plates Reflector Thermofuse Mirror 1 Exposure lamp a.2 Construction The construction and purpose of the optical section are the followings: (1) Original glass The original is placed on this glass. 1996 © TOSHIBA . The sub-reflector is slit for optical path width cutting. Carriage 1 is scanned by the scanning motor.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 7. Exposure lamp The light source for exposing the original to light. The relation between the scanning speed and the drum rotation speed is specified as follows. In actual-size copying. thermofuse. Light from the exposure lamp exposes the surface of the original through this original glass. 2860/70 OPTICAL 7-2 Dec. Reflector The reflection plate for using the exposure lamp effectively. In enlargement copying. ) Mirror 2 Mirror 3 Carriage 2 Dec. and the light intensity is different at both sides. and adjusts the light intensity. d. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7-3 2060. 2860/70 OPTICAL . (The scanning distance is also half. If the positions for the installation of this adjustment plate at the front or rear side are shifted. e. this may cause uneven light distribution. (3) Carriage 2 Consists of mirror 2 and 3. Mirror 1 The mirror for conducting the reflected light from the original to mirror 2 (mentioned later). conducts the reflected light from mirror 1 to the lens via mirror 2 and 3. Light distribution adjustment plates It is positioned to shield the light irradiated from the reflector on the surface of original. Thermofuse Prevents the exposure lamp from an increase in temperature due to excessive lighting.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M c. This is also scanned by the scanning motor in the same way as carriage 1. The scanning speed is half that of carriage 1. enlargement copying. 1996 © TOSHIBA . Mirror 5 Mirror 4 Mirror unit 2060.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (4) Lens unit It is driving by the lens motor. 2860/70 OPTICAL 7-4 Dec. and when shorter. reproduction copying is performed. actual-size copying is obtained. The reflected light from mirror 3 is reversed at the lens focus. Lens Lens unit (5) Mirror unit The mirror unit consists of mirror 4 and 5. When the distance of the light path is equal between the original surface and the lens focus and the lens focus and the drum surface. and conducted to mirror 4 (mentioned later). This is driven by the mirror motor. and conducts the reflected light passing the lens to mirror 6 via mirror 4 and 5. When the former is longer. Changing of positions of the lens unit and mirror unit alters the reproduction ratio of the vertical direction of paper transport (lateral reproduction ratio). (8) Copy-area indicator unit This is located inside the original scale. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7-5 2060. This is for indication of the maximum area in which the copy can be made at that time. Mirror 6 (7) Slit (glass) The sub-reflector performs slit functions therefore the slit glass only protects the optical section from toner dust. The original range is indicated with the copy-area indicator and orange line on carriage 1. Carriage 1 Copy area indicator Original range where a copy can be made Original scale Original glass Dec. 2860/70 OPTICAL . etc. The indicator is driven by the document motor.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (6) Mirror 6 Conducts the reflected light from mirror 5 to the slit. When the PRINT key is pressed. 7. Carriage 1 and 2 are first moved to home position.3 Description of Operation 7.3.3.1 Scanning motor Carriage drive wire Carriage 1 Carriage 2 Tension spring Scanning motor Pulley Pulley (Rear side) Pulley Pulley The scanning motor rotation is transmitted to carriages 1 and 2 via the timing belt and the carriage drive wire. 2860/70 OPTICAL 7-6 Dec. The home position is detected when carriage 1 passes the home switch.2 Mirror motor/lens motor Mirror motor Mirror unit Lens motor 2060. carriages 1 and 2 scan the original.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 7. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 3. for maximum width. and it is positioned for actual size copying. Then the mirror unit is transported to the feed side.4 Optical fan motor Stops during standby and rotates during copying. 7. the switches are turned on by the lens unit. then the mirror unit in that order and both units are positioned for actual-size copying. the lens unit is transported to the exit side. and cools the optical section.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M Lens motor Gear (G18)…motor axis ↓ Mirror motor Gear (G18)…motor axis ↓ Gear/pulley (G88/TP16) ↓ Gear (G88/G10) ↓ Timing belt (pitch length: 810) ↓ Rack gear (G22) ↓ Lens unit Mirror unit Immediately after the power is switched on: • • If the lens/mirror switch is on. the lens unit and the mirror unit are positioned accordingly using the actual-size position as the starting (standard) position. 7. Dec. 2860/70 OPTICAL . via the timing belt. If the lens/mirror switch is off. that is.3.3 Document motor The front and rear copy area indicators are set at home position. When the paper size or reproduction ratio is changed. the indicators are positioned for the specified size and the original setting position is indicated on the glass. When the reproduction ratio is selected. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7-7 2060. 2860/70 OPTICAL 7-8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA . Since B and B phases are exactly the same.4 Pulse Motor Drive 7. 2060.1 Pulse motor drive circuit (constant current type) The scanning motor (M2) is driven by hybrid IC STK6713BMK4 of the unipolar constant current chopper drive. F2). driver (F1.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 7. The driving circuits of A and A phases are shown below. comparator (IC1). +24V i ON i OFF R51 VDD A A D/A 62353 R55 187 DADAT G/A R58 C24 VCC2 1 A 2 A 3 øA 15 øA Td1 13 8 Vref 9 IC15 F1 F2 IC2 IC2 R1 IC2 IC2 C1 R3 E C — + B R5 A R7 IC1 D1 PG 4 5 DG GND D Internal equivalent circuit of STK6713B The circuit configuration on the inside of the IC is composed of each phase excitation switching section (IC2).4. The following explains the circuit operation when the A phase is excited. they are omitted here. and current detection resistor (R7). Non-reverse input B is “L” level. and F1 is turned ON. Low torque : IOH = 1. øA becomes “L” level and F2 comes ON. Reverse input E of the comparator (IC1) is applied the reference voltage which depends on the resistance divided voltage of the R51. ᕉ ᕊ When the voltage stored in the condenser C1 lowers. Current flows into the coil A from the power supply of +24V. (conductive condition). and is discharged using the coil A. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7-9 2060. and C becomes “H” level and F1 goes OFF from the moment when voltage B becomes higher than voltage E. and it gradually increases. In low torque the current is lower. In this manner. Therefore.15 (A) High torque: IOH = 1. the energy stored in coil A is induced in coil A. the same operation is performed. A current flows in direction of DG (Drive Ground). Because the winding method of coil A and A is bipolar winding. F2 diode and coil A. and the R58.0 – 1. 2860/70 OPTICAL . and winding current of A phase increases. R55.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M – Process when the A phase is excited – ᕃ ᕄ øA phase becomes “L” level (øA is “H” level). the output C of IC1 becomes “L” level. C becomes “L” level and F1 comes ON again. That is. the ON/OFF operation of the motor current (constant current chopping operation) is repeated. R7. and becomes lower than voltage E . The limit of winding value is changed in high torque and low torque by the D/A output. IOH =1. D of IC2 becomes “H” level. in high torque the current is higher. ᕅ ᕆ ᕇ ᕈ According to step ᕃ and ᕄ.25 (A) Dec. The terminal voltage of the current detection resistor R11 increases.25(A) 0 (A) Motor input current waveform In the case of the excitation of A phase. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 .10 Dec.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M Waveform time chart of each section øIN A 1 0 Ioh 0(A) Ec: C1 discharge voltage B Ec Vref C VOIreg D 0(V) IOFF 0(A) ION 0(A) Equivalent circuit VCC2 1 A 2 A 3 øA 15 øA Td1 13 8 Vref NC Vref 9 12 11 Td2 øB 10 14 øB 16 B 7 B 6 PG SG 4 5 F1 F2 IC2 IC2 C1 R3 R1 IC2 IC2 IC1 — + F4 C2 R4 R2 IC3 R5 D1 R7 R8 R6 D2 — + — + F3 SUB IC3 IC3 IC1 IC3 2060. The combination of the current flowing phases is switched. 2860/70 OPTICAL .2 64748 Pulse motor drive circuit (constant voltage type) Lens motor (M3) (LNS-MOT) Mirror motor (M4) (MRR-MOT) Document motor (M11) (DCM-MOT) ~Driven by IC3 (Logic PC board: TD62308F) ~Driven by IC4 (Logic PC board: TD62308F) ~Driven by IC2 (Logic PC board: TD62308F) DA DC 24V QA Phase A Phase A DA DB Phase B Phase B DB QA QB QB TD62308F In the case of 2-phase excitation.11 2060. An ON/OFF combination of the transistor is switched.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 7. The motor rotates.4. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 . the figure on the right shows the signals applied to the base of transistors QA. and QB. QA. QB. ¡ ¡ A ON B ON ON ON ON ON ON ON A B Dec. 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 .5 Exposure Control Circuit 7. J2-A18).Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 7. Original Exposure lamp Lamp regulator Automatic exposure sensor circuit AES signal PWA-AES *PWM signal Arithmetic and control unit PWA-LGC Control Panel Gate array (IC18) Main CPU (IC19) Key input RAM (IC30) 2060. and outputs the PWM signal to the lamp regulator. Detects the exposure position set by the operator’s key input Determines the lamp voltage by computation on the basis of AES and exposure step.1 Introduction The exposure control circuit is composed of four blocks as follows. 1 Lamp regulator 2 Automatic exposure sensor circuit 6448 648 6448 648 Applies a pulse duty ratio corresponding to PWM signal to the exposure lamp. distinct from the PWM signal. Generates an AES signal indicating the density of the original by sensing the light reflected by the surface of the original.5. 3 Exposure step 4 Arithmetic and control unit Note: The ON/OFF state of the exposure lamp is controlled by a special signal (EXPON. 1996 © TOSHIBA .12 Dec. Range of actual use 40 % 100 V series 200 V series 90 % PWM pulse duty ratio [%] [Characteristic curve of the lamp regulator] Dec. By means of a phase-angle control system... 7. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 ..13 2060. a high lamp voltage being impressed for dark originals and a low lamp voltage for light originals.. and the voltage applied to the exposure lamp is continually varied accordingly...Return Skip 3560/70 S/M The exposure control circuit has the following two functions: A Manual exposure mode ......... which varies infinitely with the lightness and darkness of the surface of the original. is detected by the automatic exposure sensor circuit. a lamp voltage corresponding to the PWM pulse duty ratio input is generated even if some fluctuation occurs in the AC input voltage... 170/85 V approx. Range of actual use Limiter voltage 76/38 V approx... A constant lamp voltage corresponding to the set exposure step on the exposure lamp is applied.. B Automatic exposure mode . 2860/70 OPTICAL .... The quantity of light reflected by the surface of the original...2 Operation of lamp regulator A typical characteristic curve is shown in the following diagram..... Lamp voltage 190/95 V approx..5.. which stores exposure adjustment data to ensure that optimum exposure is performed for each reproduction ratio and for automatic exposure.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 7. and output to J2-A17 via IC10 from the PWM output terminal of the gate array. 1996 © TOSHIBA .14 Dec. the incidence of light upon photocell PD1 is generated as an AES signal on J1B13 (PWA-LGC). The data resulting from the computation performed by the CPU described in item ᕅ above.3 Automatic exposure sensor circuit By the action of IC1. ᕅ Main CPU (IC19) Incorporates software which computes the voltage to be applied to the lamp in accordance with the copying mode. Dim reflected lightf Intense reflected lightf Small AES output Large AES output 7.5. such as enlargement/reduction. are converted to PWM signals by the gate array. 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 . and manual exposure.4 Arithmetic and control unit The arithmetic and control unit is composed of the following four blocks. automatic exposure.5. ᕆ PWM timer circuit Consists of the circuit shown in figure below. Gate array PS-LRG 7407 PWM IC10 Lamp regulator 2060. ᕃ AD converter The AES signal is input into the analog input terminals of the CPU (IC19) and converted to digital. ᕄ SRAM with built-in battery (BC-RAM) Consists of IC30. and the adjustment data in BC-RAM. 15 . f • This DC voltage and pulse signal are rectified. and compared with the reference voltage and amplified. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 . the trigger pulse generation circuit generates a trigger pulse synchronous with the power source frequency. f • The energization angle of the triac is controlled. The waveform rectifying circuit rectifies the AC input voltage to a DC voltage approximated to the effective value of the input voltage.5. Trigger pulse generation circuit (PWM) Pulse signal Reference pulse signal setting circuit Exposure lamp 2060. f Waveform rectifying circuit Differential amplifier Pulse waveform rectifying circuit Dec.5 (Method) Lamp regulator circuit • • The AC input voltage is detected.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 7. f • According to the output. 2860/70 OPTICAL The lamp regulator monitors the AC input voltage to control the exposure lamp to a fixed intensity. = Makes the voltage at both ends of the lamp constant. 2 for LT series). each sensor receive the reflecting light and the condition of a matrix shown in (4) are satisfied.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 7.6 Automatic Original-Size Detection Circuit This circuit detects the original size (standard sizes only) using the 3-beam type reflecting photosensor and 2 – 3 reflecting photosensors (3 for A4 series.2 (1) (2) (3) Original size detection If the copier is set in the original size detection mode.6. 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 . the presence or absence of an original is detected by whether reflected light exists or not. VDD 14444244443 1442443 APS-R 197 IN32 Reflecting photosensor APS-C 196 IN31 Gate array APS-F 195 IN30 IC18 APS-2 APS-0 APS-1 128 130 129 PD3 PD1 PD2 IC19 GND PWA-LGC Main CPU Reflecting multi-beam sensor Original size detection circuit 2060. the carriage is set at its home position. 1996 © TOSHIBA . Original size detection is performed when the output signals from each sensor are input to the gate array (IC18) and the main CPU (IC19). 7. the reflecting photosensor (3-beam type) and 2 – 3 reflecting photosensors (3 for A4 series. APS-R APS-F (Reflecting photosensor) APS-C (Reflecting photosensor) APS-0~2 (Reflecting photosensor (3-beam type)) (Reflecting photosensor) This sensor does not exist in the LT series.1 Principle of original-size detection Original Original glass On the base frame of the optical unit. Detection is performed in an instant when the original cover is opened. Each photosensor consists of an infrared light emitting diode (light-emitting side LED) and a phototransistor (light-receiving side). In this way. IC18 and IC19 are on the logic PC board. 2 for LT series) on the base frame of the optical unit.6. When an original is placed on the original glass. the light emitted by the LEDs is reflected by the original and led to the phototransistor.16 Dec. 7. 17 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 . LD APS-C APS-F (4) Original size is determined by a combination of the presence/absence of the original. * LT series does not use IN32. LG APS-0 LT.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M A4 series A4 B5 A5 A5-R B5-R B4 A4-R A3 Paper exit side APS-2 APS APS -C -F APS-1 APS-0 APS-R “•” are detection points for each sensor Sensor detection points LT series LT COMP ST LT-R LG LD ST-R APS-2 ST-R APS-1 ST. 2860/70 OPTICAL . Combination charts for size determination of A4 series and LT series are shown below in input level at ports PD1 ~ PD3 (Main CPU: IC19) and ports IN30 ~ IN32 (Gate array: IC18). LT-R. Dec. 18 Dec. Gate array: IC18) = Output level of each sensor 2060.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M A4 series Main CPU (IC19) Port Input Level (APS-2) (APS-1) (APS-0) PD3 PD2 PD1 H H H L L H L L L L H H L L L L * H L L H L L L L L L Gate array (IC18) (APS-F) (APS-C) (APS-R) IN30 IN31 IN32 H H H H H H H H H H H H H H L H L H L L H L L H L L L Original size Original not exist A5 B5 A5-R A4 B5-R A4-R B4 A3 LT series Main CPU (IC19) Port Input Level (APS-2) (APS-1) (APS-0) PD3 PD2 PD1 H H H L L H L H H L L L L L H L L H L L L Gate array (IC18) (APS-F) (APS-C) IN30 IN31 H H H H H H H H H L L L L L Original size Original not exist ST ST-R LT LT-R LG LD Note: H: Original detected L: Original not detected *: H and L whichever is sufficient Port input level (Main CPU: IC19. 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 . 1996 © TOSHIBA . Remove the original glass in the direction of the arrow.7.1 (1) (2) Original glass Remove the glass fix (2 screws). Automatic exposure sensor unit Connector Paper feed side Black sheet 2060.7 Disassembly and Replacement 7. 2860/70 OPTICAL Dec.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 7.19 .2 (1) (2) Automatic exposure sensor PC board (PWA-AES) Remove the original glass and move carriages 1 and 2 to the exit side. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 . of either side of the lens unit when moving the lens unit with its optical cover removed. Move the lens unit toward the paper feed side to protect the black sheet when installing the optical cover. Glass fix Original glass 7. Optical cover Note: Be careful not to deform the black sheets (3) (4) Remove the automatic exposure sensor unit (1 screw).7. Remove the optical cover (2 screws). Remove the connector (1) and the screws (2) and take off the PC board. (2) Remove the connector (1) and the screws (2). Remove the each connector.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 7.7.4 Optical fan (rear) (1) Remove the upper rear cover. Harness cover Lens motor Mirror motor 2060. 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 . Disconnect a connector and remove 2 screws.7. Remove each motor (2 screws each). Optical fan (rear) 7.5 (1) (2) (3) Lens motor/mirror motor Remove the optical cover. 1996 © TOSHIBA .20 Dec.7. Remove the inner cover (3 screws). Optical fan (front) 7.3 (1) (2) (3) Optical fan (front) Open the front cover. position the lamp so that the TOSHIBA mark faces to the front. (2) Move the carriage 1 to the position that the lamp terminal is visible. 2860/70 OPTICAL . Remove the reflecting photosensors (1 screw. (3) Remove the exposure lamp while bending the power supply blade.7. 1 connector).Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 7.7. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2060. (2 screws. Remove the 3 beams sensor. Moreover.21 [Front side] [Rear side] Dec. the projection on the exposure lamp should Lamp face to the exit side. Attention should be paid not to touch lamp surface.) Note: When installing. remove the 2 screws.6 (1) (2) (3) Automatic paper-size detector Remove the original glass. (It may lead to uneven exposure. Reflecting photosensor Reflecting photosensor 3 beam sensor [A4 series] 3 beam sensor Reflecting photosensor [LT series] 7.7 Exposure lamp and thermal fuse (1) Remove the original glass and the rear top cover. Exit side Projection Reflector Exposure lamp Thermal fuse (4) To replace the thermofuse. 1 connector). 7 . Tension spring A Note: When installing. the tension spring. Hang the wire drive belt on the scanning motor pulley and then the belt drive pulley. Hang the tension spring on to the scanning motor bracket.8 (1) (2) (3) (4) Copy area indicator unit Remove the left top cover. 1996 © TOSHIBA .Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 7. Original width indicator unit Note: To install the belt.9 (1) (2) Scanning motor Remove the upper rear cover. the wire drive belt.7. Hang the tension spring on to the copier’s frame.22 Dec. To take out the document motor. Tighten the screws A and then B after a proper tension is applied by the spring while screws A and B are loosened. Attach the screws A and B temporarily. Remove the belt. Disconnect the connector. 2. Document motor Belt Scanning motor 7. and the scanning motor bracket. disconnect a connector and remove the 2 screws. 4. Belt drive pulley B Wire drive belt 2060. Remove the transparent indicator cover (2 screws). place both indicators against the bracket projection and set the belt in the groove on the indicator. 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 . the upper rear cover and the control panel. Disconnect the document motor connector. 3. Remove 2 screws.7. 1. 11 (1) (2) Platen switch Platen switch Remove the upper rear cover and the rear top cover. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 . Scanning motor 7. 2860/70 OPTICAL .23 2060.7.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (3) Remove the 3 screws and take out the scanning motor. Remove the platen switch unit (2 screws). Dec.7. then take out the home switch.10 (1) (2) Home switch Home switch Remove the top left cover. Connector Claw 7. Remove the connector and the 2 claws on the bracket. 24 Dec. (2) Remove the 2 brackets which attach carriage 1 to the wire (1 screw each). Then remove the connector and 2 claws.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (3) Remove the platen switch actuator by pressing and turning it in the direction of the arrow (arrows 1 to 3 ).7. 1996 © TOSHIBA . [Front side] Wire fixing bracket [Rear side] 2060. the transparent indicator cover and the upper rear cover.12 (1) Carriage 1 Wire fixing bracket Remove the original glass. 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 . 1 2 Platen switch actuator 3 Platen switch Platen switch claws Home switch claws 7. the left top cover. 2860/70 OPTICAL .Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (3) Remove the cable for carriage 1 from the cable holder of carriage 2. Carriage 1 Note: Adjustments are necessary when installing carriage 1. Disconnect the connector.25 2060. Carriage 2 Cable holder Cable (4) Remove the cable holder. Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 . Connector Cable holder Earth wire (5) Tilt entire the unit of carriage 1 and pull it out upwards. Remove the earth wire (1 screw). Cable guide (6) Remove the tension bracket (1 screw). Remove the mirror 1.14 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Lens unit Remove the lens cover. 1996 © TOSHIBA .7. Remove the cable guide (1 screw).26 Dec.7. Remove the indicator unit. Mirror 1 7. Tension bracket 2060. Remove the plate springs (2) which fix mirror 1.13 (1) (2) (3) Mirror 1 Remove the carriage 1.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 7. 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 . Remove the upper exit cover and the left top cover. Remove the lens/mirror drive unit. Remove the plate springs (2 each) to take out the mirrors. Lens unit 7. Remove the mirror unit from the lens/mirror shaft.7.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (7) Remove the lens/mirror shaft bracket (1 screw). Mirror 5 Note: Adjustments are necessary when installing the mirror unit. Mirror 4 Mirror unit Dec.15 (1) (2) (3) Mirror unit and mirrors 4 and 5 Remove the lens unit. 2860/70 OPTICAL .27 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 . Lens/mirror shaft Shaft hold bracket (8) Remove the lens unit from the lens/mirror shaft. Remove the cable holder and the earth wire (1 screw). 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 .28 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA . optical cover and upper rear cover. and remove the 2 screws. rear top cover. Glass stay (rear) (4) Disconnect the connector from rear side. Remove the glass stay in front and rear (4 screws).16 (1) (2) (3) Lens/mirror drive unit Glass stay (rear) Remove the right top cover.7.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 7. Lens/mirror drive unit 2060. Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 7. (2) Disconnect the connector.7. Connector Connector Lens/mirror switch Connector 7. Remove the lens/mirror drive unit.7. 2860/70 OPTICAL .18 (1) (2) (3) Carriage 2 Wire drive pulley (front side) Remove the carriage 1.17 Lens/mirror switch (1) Disconnect the connector. Remove the lens/ mirror drive unit (2 screws).29 2060. Remove the lens/ mirror switch with its bracket (2 screws). Disconnect the 2 connectors. Set the wire holder jig to the wire drive pulley on the front and rear side. Remove the lens/mirror switch. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 . Wire holder jig Wire drive pulley (rear side) Wire holder jig Dec. (3) Remove the hook. Tension spring Tension spring [Front side] [Rear side] (5) Remove carriage 2.30 Dec. Remove the plate springs (2 each).Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (4) Remove the tension spring on the front and rear side.19 (1) (2) Mirror 2 and Mirror 3 Mirror 2 Remove carriage 2. 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 . Carriage 2 7.7. Mirror 3 Carriage 2 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA . be care- 7.7. Remove the upper exit roller unit (2 screws).Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 7.22 (1) (2) Exit fan motor Remove the upper exit cover and rear cover. Remove the exit fan motor. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 . Pull the ozone filter out. Upper unit release lever (3) (4) (5) Take out the 1 screw securing the fan unit.7. Remove the upper exit roller from its fitting in the bracket. Upper exit roller unit Note: When replacing it with a new filter. 2860/70 OPTICAL . Remove the connector. 7.20 (1) (2) (3) Upper exit roller Ozone filter Fan unit Remove the upper exit cover and rear cover. Remove the 2 screws each which secure the clamshell release lever and the upper exit roller unit.31 Screw 2060.21 (1) (2) Exit side ozone filter Remove the upper exit cover. ful not to crush or otherwise damage it with your fingers. Connector Exit fan motor Fan unit Dec.7. Remove the fan unit.23 (1) (2) (3) (4) Carriage drive wire Remove the carriages 1 and 2.7. Remove the whole wire drive shaft.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 7. Remove the belt drive pulley (1 screw). Bearing Stop-ring [Front side] Bearing Stop-ring [Rear side] 2060. Remove the front side wire drive pulley (1 screw). Belt drive pulley (5) (6) (7) (8) Remove the one screw on the rear side wire drive pulley. Remove the scanning motor and the belt. Remove the stopper ring and bearing in front and rear side. Remove the rear side wire drive pulley from the shaft.32 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 . ) 2. mirror 6 cover [Front side] Mirror 6 cover hook Remove the process unit. Install the wire holding jig from the side indicated with an arrow. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 . (Do not allow the wire to twist while winding it.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M Note: How to wind the carriage drive wires 1. [Rear side] Dec. 5 turns End “D” 1 1 2 turns [Front side] Wire holding jig End “D” [Rear side] 1 2 turns 1 5 turns Wire holding jig 7. 2860/70 OPTICAL .24 (1) Slit glass.33 2060. Fit the end “D” of the carriage drive wire in the groove of the wire drive pulley and wind the carriage drive wire in the direction and the number of turns shown in the figure on the right.7. 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 .25 (1) (2) (3) Mirror 6 Mirror 6 bracket installation screw Remove the optical cover and the mirror 6 cover. Mirror 6 bracket hooks (4) Remove the 2 plate springs and take out mirror 6. 2 hooks). 1996 © TOSHIBA . Slit glass Cover hook Cover hook Note: Be sure not to let the slit glass fall during installation or removal.34 Dec. Remove the slit glass from the mirror 6 cover releasing the claw. Glass hook Mirror 6 cover 7.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (3) (4) Remove the mirror 6 cover (1 hook).7. Remove the mirror 6 bracket (3 screws. Take out the mirror 6 bracket in the direction of the arrow. Plate spring Mirror 6 Installation hole Plate spring 2060. Remove the upper exit cover. Remove the screw and take out the upper damp heater-2 Connector Upper damp heater-2 Dec.7.35 2060. 7. Remove the screw and take out the upper damp heater-1. 2860/70 OPTICAL .Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 7.7.26 (1) (2) (3) Upper damp heater-1 Connector Upper damp heater-1 Remove the optical cover and the inner cover. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 .27 (1) (2) (3) (4) Upper damp heater-2 Remove the original glass. Remove the connector. Remove the connector. (5) Aligning roller Paper fed from the paper feed roller is stuck against the aligning roller which is at rest. the separation roller stops. pick-up rollers. 2860/70 FEEDER . transport rollers. (6) Manual feed switch Detects if paper is set in the bypass tray. If this is the case. aligning roller. Then the aligning roller rotates to feed paper to the developing position. paper empty switch. paper stop switch and also their drive mechanism. it rotates at the same timing as the paper feed roller so that it has the rotation force of that roller. separation rollers. The following explains about switches which detect paper size. The following explains each part function. paper presence and paper feeding position for ON/OFF control of each roller. the aligning roller is contacted with the brush to prevent paper dust from adhering to the aligning roller due to paper alignment. paper feed rollers.1 Functions This unit sends paper which is set in the paper cassette or the bypass tray to the transfer position. (4) Transport roller Transport the paper from the feed roller to the aligning roller. (3) Separation roller This is the opposite of the paper feed roller. the load of the torque limiter of the separation roller is greater than the friction power between the sheets of paper. (2) Paper feed roller This is the opposite of the separation roller. When there is no paper in the cassette. causing the lower sheet also to stop and not be fed at that moment. The paper feeding section is mainly comprised of manual feed roller.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 8 PAPER FEEDING SECTION 8. manual feed switch. causing a paper-empty situation to be detected. sending paper fed from the pick-up roller to the transport roller. manual paper feeding has priority over cassette paper feeding. (1) Pick-up roller/manual feed roller Sends paper in the bypass tray or the paper cassette to the paper feed roller and the roller moves up and down on each occasion of paper feeding. When two sheets or more are fed from the pick-up roller. Further. the actuator intercepts the transmitted light in the sensor. and leading edge alignment is performed. (7) Paper-empty switch This sensor detects paper in the paper cassette by the use of the actuator. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8-1 2060. But in the case of single sheet feeding. Dec. paper size switch. paper feed switch. Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (8) Paper size switch Consists of four push-type switches. In the paper cassette, tabs are installed so that any of these switches (1 to 4) is pressed when a paper cassette is installed in the copier. Corresponding to which switch is being pressed, paper size detection is performed. (9) Paper stop switch Detects the leading/trailing edge of paper passing through the paper transport roller. Jam detection such as for paper misfeeding, etc. is also used. (10)Paper aligning switch Detects that the leading edge of the paper has arrived at the aligning roller. Also detects that the trailing edge of the paper has passed through the aligning roller. If the former is detected, it reads that the aligning roller has completed paper alignment. Manual feed roller Lower aligning roller Upper aligning roller Manual switch Manual pick-up roller Manual switch actuator Aligning switch Pick-up roller Separation pad Feed roller Paper stop switch-1 Transport roller-1 Separation roller Paper stop switch-2 Cassette tray lift-up unit Transport roller-2 Paper feeding section sectional view (Front side) 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER 8-2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA Return Skip 3560/70 S/M Manual feed clutch Main motor Aligning roller clutch Feed clutch (upper) Cassette tray-up/down unit Transport clutch Feed clutch (lower) Paper feeding section drive system (Rear side) Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8-3 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 8.1.1 Manual pick-up roller vertical movement Spring clutch Drive power Lever spring Feed roller Pick-up lever Pick-up roller Pick-up arm When drive power is transmitted to the feed roller, rotation power is sent to the pick-up lever via the spring clutch. Then the pick-up arm falls by its own weight and the spring clutch stops in the position in which it has bumped into the stopper. When the drive power of the feed roller is lost, the pick-up lever is lifted up by the force of the lever spring after which the pick-up arm is also raised. 8.1.2 Cassette pick-up roller vertical movement Lever a Cassette insertion direction Lever d Spring Pick-up roller Lever b Lever c When the cassette is inserted, the cassette lever d pushes up the lever a in the direction A. Then the pick-up roller is caused to fall by its own weight due to the link mechanism of the levers b and c. 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER 8-4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 8.1.3 Paper separation operation Feed roller Since no paper separation claws are used in the cassette, a paper separation roller is installed inside the machine. The separation roller section consists of a paper feed roller, separation roller, spring joint, etc., as shown. The feed roller is rotated by the feed clutch in the direction of the arrow ( as the pick-up roller. As shown in the lower right figure, two sheets feeding are occured, since the friction between the sheets is smaller, the lower sheet is stopped being fed any further while the upper sheet is forced to be transported by the feed roller in the direction of the arrow ( [Example] When only one sheet of paper ᕃ has entered into the separation roller section, since the feed roller’s transporting force is stronger than the separation roller’s braking force, the separation roller is forced to rotate causing the sheet to be sent toward the aligning roller ( ). When, two sheets (ᕃ and ᕄ) have entered into the separation roller section at the same time, since the powers of the feed roller’s transporting and separation roller’s braking are greater than the friction power of the paper, the paper ᕃ is transported toward in the direction of the arrow ( separation roller. ) and the paper ᕄ is not transported any further by the ). ) at the same timing Spring joint Separation roller Feed roller 1 2 Separation roller Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8-5 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 8.2 Cassette Feeding Operations 8.2.1 Operation explanation [A] From power-on until standby status (1) When the power is turned on for the copier, the tray motors (M13/14) are set to ON and the trays at each level start to rise. When the trays are raised, the tray-up switches (S28/29) are turned on (L ¡ H), and the tray motors (M13/14) are turned off, which stops the upward motion of the trays. At this point, if the empty switches (S3/14) are off (L), it is determined that paper is not present. If the empty switches are on (H), it is determined that paper is present. The trays stop in their raised position regardless of whether there is paper or not. (2) If the power is turned on when the cassette has been removed, the tray motor for that level does not come on. When the cassette is inserted in the slot, the tray is raised and the presence or absence of paper is determined. (3) If either of the paper stop switches (S7/16) or the aligning switch (S8) is ON (because there is paper in the paper path) when the power is turned on, it is determined that a paper jam has occurred and operation is not possible until the paper is removed. [B] Standby mode (1) After the paper supply is checked by the raising of the trays as described above, the standby mode is obtained. In the standby mode, the trays remain in their raised position. (2) When the cassette is inserted or removed in the standby mode, the tray is raised again to check the paper supply. [C] Manual feeding • • • • • • The manual feed switch detects the presence of manual feeding paper. The manual solenoid is turned on, and the pick-up roller and the manual feed roller are rotated. The pick-up roller is lowered, and paper feeding is started. The leading edge of the paper turns on the paper aligning switch and is aligned at the aligning roller. The manual feed clutch is turned off, and the pick-up roller and manual feed roller stopped rotating, and then the pick-up roller is raised. The aligning clutch is turned on, and the paper is transported to the transfer process. [D] Cassette feeding (upper or lower) • • • • • The feed clutch and the transport clutch are turned on, and the feed roller and the transport roller are rotated, and then paper feeding is started. The leading edge of the paper turns on the paper stop switch, then the feed clutch is turned off. The leading edge of the paper turns on the aligning switch, and is aligned at the aligning roller. The transport clutch is turned off, and the transport roller is stopped. The aligning clutch is turned on, and the paper is transported to the transfer process. 8-6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER 3. For the control.3 Motor Drive Circuit 8. In the control section. Input IN1 H L H L IN2 H H L L Output M (+) M (–) L L L H H L OFF (high impedance) Description BRAKE CCW (upward) CW (downward) STOP Dec. Tray-up motor (T-UP-MOT) Protection for overheating and over current Control logic 1 IN1 2 IN2 3 M(+) 4 GND 5 M(–) 6 N. 7 VCC IN1 and IN2 are input terminals for the signals from the microcomputer. 2860/70 FEEDER .1 Brush motor drive circuit : Driven by IC13 (upper cassette)/IC12 (lower cassette) (PWA-LGC: TA8428) The block diagram of TA8428 is shown below.C. the motor is controlled on and off based on the signals from the microcomputer. refer to the table below. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8-7 2060.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 8. and then b and c. and then take out the manual feed tray unit. (2) Remove the screw and bracket in the front side.4 Disassembly and Replacement 8. Bracket Manual tray unit (3) Remove screw a. (5) Remove the manual feed unit (screw d) while pressing the separation pad.1 Manual feed unit (roller) (1) Remove the upper feed cover and left feed cover. 2860/70 FEEDER 8-8 Dec.4. b a d c Separation pad a d 2060.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 8. 1996 © TOSHIBA . (4) Disconnect the connector of the electromagnetic clutch. Return Skip 3560/70 S/M [A] Manual feed roller (1) Remove the stop ring. (2) Pull out the feed roller in the direction of the arrow A. [B] Pick-up roller (1) Remove the stop-ring. (2) Pull out the ø6 shaft in the direction of the arrow B. Notes: Pay attention to the following points when reassembling the manual, pick-up, feed and separation rollers. 1. Set the timing belt securely on the pulley. 2. Be careful not to mistake the setting position of the timing belt (manual feed roller). 3. Put the clip properly into the slot of the shaft. 4. Check that oil etc. has not adhered to the surface of the timing belts, pulleys and rollers. 5. Make sure of the roller orientation. Stop-ring Belt tension roller Feed roller Stop-ring Pick-up roller Paper feed roller Paper Pick-up roller Separation pad Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8-9 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 8.4.2 Separation pad (1) Remove the manual feed unit (roller). (2) Remove the separation pad bracket (2 screws) and then take the bracket out toward the front. Separation pad Separation pad bracket Separation pad Separation pad bracket (3) Remove the spring and then the separation pad. Note: Be careful not to damage the manual feed switch at the time of installation. Spring Separation pad 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER 8 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 8.4.3 Aligning unit Aligning unit (1) Remove the front inner cover, the lower inner cover and the transfer/separation charger unit. (2) Disconnect the connector of the developer bias harness from the HVT transformer. Remove the pulley and belt in the rear side of the aligning roller. (3) Remove the aligning unit fixing screws. (front: 2 pcs., rear: 1pc.) (4) Disconnect the connectors of the clutch in the rear side and the aligning switch. (5) Slide the aligning unit to the rear side and lift up the unit to remove it. Note: When installing the aligning unit, insert the rotation stopper of the electromagnetic clutch properly into the rear side bracket and securely hook the belt to the pulley. Belt Pulley Aligning unit Rotation stopper Clutch connector Aligning switch harness [A] Aligning roller (upper, lower) (1) Remove the aligning guide (2 screws). Aligning roller (upper) Aligning guide Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8 - 11 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (2) Remove the aligning pressure spring. (3) Remove the bushes (upper, lower, 2 each). Aligning pressure spring Aligning roller (upper) Bush (upper) Bush (lower) (4) Lift up the aligning rollers (upper and lower) in the direction of the arrow D to remove them. Pressure spring Aligning roller (upper) D Bush (upper) Aligning roller (lower) Bush (lower) [B] Paper dust cleaning brush (1) Remove the brush (2 screws). (When the unit is installed in the machine, the brush can be removed/installed if the transfer/ separation charger has been taken out). Aligning roller (upper) Aligning roller (lower) Paper dust cleaning brush 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER 8 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 8.4.4 Cassette feed section Connector (1) Remove the right feed cover. (2) Open the jam release cover. (3) Remove the hinge (2 screws). (4) Remove the harness cover. (5) Remove the jam release cover. (6) Disconnect the connector from the feed unit. Jam release cover Harness cover Hinge (7) Pull out the cassette. (8) Disconnect the paper size detection switch harness from the switch. (9) Remove the two paper feed unit fixing screws, and pull out the unit toward the front side. Paper feed unit Harness Note: If the LCF has been installed on the copier, use the following procedure to remove the harness cover and the connector. 1. Remove the right feed cover. 2. Remove the hinge stopper for the LCF in order to open it fully. 3. Open the LCF fully. 4. Remove the harness cover. 5. Disconnect the connector from the feed unit. LCF Right feed cover Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8 - 13 Hinge stopper 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER arbor and clutch spring. (7) Remove the cover.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M [A] Cassette feed unit (rollers) (1) Remove the clutch bracket. (5) Remove the stop-ring and pick-up arm from the shaft and pull out the feed roller. Clutch bracket (2) Remove the separation roller holder (2 screws). (3) Remove the pick-up roller from the arm. 1996 © TOSHIBA .14 Dec. 2860/70 FEEDER 8 . Pick-up arm Stop-ring Bush Feed roller One-way clutch (CLUTCH-6-L) Separation Clutch roller bracket One-way clutch (CLUTCH-6-R) Pick-up roller Cassette feed unit (6) Remove the lever and separation roller with shaft from the holder. and then separation roller from the shaft. Cover Lever Clutch spring Arbor Spring Separation roller Shaft Holder Arbor Spring 2060. (4) Slide the feed roller in the direction of the arrow A and pull out the bush from the shaft. pulley and roller.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M Note: When installing the manual feed. Make sure of the roller orientation. 2. Insert a pin in the pulley. Make sure the clip is set in the shaft groove. 6.15 2060. Make sure the lock direction of the oneway clutch is correct. Make sure no oil gets on the surface of the timing belt. pay attention to the following items. pick-up. 3. LOCK LO CK CLUTCH-6-L CLUTCH-6-R LOCK 4. Paper feed roller Paper Pick-up roller Separation roller Dec. 5. Make sure the timing belt is correctly looped on the pulley. 1. paper feed and separation rollers. 2860/70 FEEDER . 1996 © TOSHIBA 8 . Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 9. (The cleaner unit is excepted. discharge lamp • Lower unit Transfer/separation charger Transfer guide bias Transport-belt unit High-voltage transformer unit Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9-1 2060. • Upper unit Drum Main charger High-voltage transformer unit LED eraser array.1 Construction LED eraser array Main charger Discharge lamp Slit glass Mirror 6 Drum Transport belt unit Separation Transfer charger charger Bias guide In this section. DRUM-RELATED SECTION 9. the drum-related parts including the drum are described.) Construction of the parts is as follows. 2860/70 DRUM . 2860/70 DRUM 9-2 Dec.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 9. 1996 © TOSHIBA .2 Drive Mechanism Timing pulley (TP40)/ Drum drive gear (G20) Timing pulley (G56/TP24) Main motor (G10) Belt (248 pitch) Arm fulcrum gear (TP28/G21) Belt (246 pitch) Fuser/Transport belt drive gear (G25) (G56) Heat roller Belt Drum (324 pitch) Timing pulley (G20) (G72) (G35) (G57/TP24/TP19) Transport belt Transport belt drive gear (G27/G19) Rear side sectional view G20 G25 G25 TP28/G21 Front side view Dev-unit drive gear G23 Transport belt drive gear G27/G19 Removing fuser unit and transport belt unit • Drum drive Gear (teeth: 20)……Copier rear side (inside of rear frame) → Drum gear (teeth: 72) → Drum (inside of cleaner unit) • Transport belt drive Gear (teeth: 19)……Copier rear side (inside of rear frame) → Transport belt gear (teeth: 20) → Transport belt 2060. [C] LED eraser array (1) Remove any unrequired portion of latent image formed on the drum.1 Main charger. and LED eraser array [A] Main charger (1) Applies a negative electrical charge to the drum (through a high-voltage transformer).Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 9. Discharge lamp LED eraser array 9. [B] Separation charger (1) Separates the copy paper with toner from the drum (high-voltage transformer: AC). 1996 © TOSHIBA 9-3 2060. to the fuser unit.3. Dec. [C] Transport belt (1) Transports the paper. 2860/70 DRUM . which has been transferred and separated from the drum. discharge lamp.2 Transfer/separation charger.3. transport belt Transport belt Transfer/separation charger [A] Transfer charger (1) Transfers the toner on the drum to the copy paper (high-voltage transformer: DC). Main charger Drum [B] Discharge lamp (1) Remove any electrical charge remaining on the drum after cleaning.3 Functions 9. (2) Disconnect the connector J12. 9. (3) Hold the leading edge of the PC board and pull it to the rear.4 Disassembly/Replacement Remove the switch cover and the process unit as required to create easy-to-service conditions.1 Discharge lamp (1) Remove the rear cover (U). 1996 © TOSHIBA .4. Note: When reassembling. 2860/70 DRUM 9-4 Dec.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 9. Discharge lamp connector Discharge lamp 2060. insert the PC board firmly until it touches the bracket. 2 (U). 2. Notes: 1. Be careful not to damage the drum. Check that the drum shaft is in the cleaner unit.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 9. Screw LED eraser array 9. (3) Remove the connector cover (1 screw) (for European machines).4. 2860/70 DRUM . (4) Remove the one screw shown by the arrow. Dec.3 Main charger (1) Remove the toner cartridge. LED eraser array (1) Remove the process unit and the rear cover (2) Disconnect the connector. Pull out the unit to the front side. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9-5 2060.4. (2) Lift up the upper unit. Connector of the LED eraser array (3) Remove one screw and pull it to the front. do not touch the mesh section of the grid with your bare hands. Main charger 2 1 Process unit [A] Grid (1) Pull the grid in the direction of the arrow and unhook it. Holder charger (6) Remove the main charger in the order of 1 – 2.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (5) Remove the holder charger. Note: During replacement. Flat end screw driver Notch Grid [Rear side] 2060. 2860/70 DRUM 9-6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA . Return Skip 3560/70 S/M [B] Replacement of charger wire  Total length: 353 mm  Tungsten wire: ø0.06 mm (1) Remove the terminal cover at the front and rear. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9-7 2060. 2860/70 DRUM . Spring hanger Terminal (F) V-groove [Front side] Terminal cover V-groove Terminal (R) Terminal cover [Rear side] Dec. 4. Cleaning pad Pad holder [Rear side] 2060. Pay attention to direction of the spring hanger on the front. (3) Move the cleaning pad to the rear side. 3. Terminal base Spring hanger Holder charger [C] Replacing the cleaning pad: (1) Remove the charge wire. Insert fully in the V-groove on the front and rear. (4) Remove the pad holder snap from the shaft. The wire must not be kinked. 5. 1996 © TOSHIBA . It is easy to replace the charger wire when the rear side terminal is put on the holder charger. 2860/70 DRUM 9-8 Dec.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M Notes: 1. 2. Do not touch the wire directly with your hands. (2) Remove the rear terminal. the pads (2 pcs. Charge wire Cleaning pad 9. 2860/70 DRUM . When moved to the rear.4. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9-9 2060. (2) Remove 1 connector. When reassembling. 2. pay attention to the direction in which the pad holder faces.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M Notes: 1. Transfer/separation charger Connector Dec.) should be clearly away from the wires.4 Transfer/separation charger Transfer/separation charger (1) Remove 1 screw. Return Skip 3560/70 S/M Notes: 1. Also check that it can be pushed up by the spring and moves up and down. When fitting the transfer/separation charger.06 mm (1) Remove the terminal cover on the front and rear. 2860/70 DRUM 9 . Do not forget to insert the connector.10 Dec.…remove the supporter. In the case of the separation charger. 2. 1996 © TOSHIBA . Spring [Rear side] [A] Replacement of chager wire  Total length: 353 mm  Gold plated tungsten wire: ø0. Transfer/ separation charger V-groove Supporter Charge wire Terminal Charge wire terminal [Front side] Charge wire terminal Charge wire V-groove [Rear side] Spring 2060. insert it in the placement groove on the rear frame. When moved to the rear. the pads (2 pcs. 2. Ensure that the charge wires are firmly inserted in V-slots at the front and rear.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M Notes: 1.) should be clearly away from the wires. (3) Move the cleaning pad to the rear side. Pay attention to the direction of the spring hanger on rear. 4. pay attention to the direction in which the pad holder faces. (4) Remove the pad holder snap from the shaft. Insert the supporter securely into the hook or slot. 2860/70 DRUM . Charge wire Cleaning pad Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9 .11 2060. The wire must not be kinked. When reassembling. 5. 2. (2) Remove the rear terminal. Cleaning pad Pad holder [Rear side] Notes: 1. 3. Do not touch the wire directly with your hand. Spring hanger [B] Replacing the cleaning pad: (1) Remove the charge wire. 5 Transport belt unit Transport belt unit Transfer/separation charger (1) Remove the toner box. Transport belt unit Connectors 2060. 2860/70 DRUM 9 .Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 9. disconnect the 2 connectors on the front side.4. (2) Remove the screw. 1996 © TOSHIBA . and take out the transport belt unit.12 Dec. fit its rear guide projection (2) in the hole in the rear copier frame and the front guide projection in the cut-out portion of the front copier frame.13 2060. Check that the gears on the front and rear are properly engaged.4. transfer/separation and transfer bias Protective bracket (1) Remove the transfer/separation charger and transport belt unit.6 High-voltage transformer for main charger. Rear side guide projection Drum side idle roller Belt case Idle roller on drum side Gear 5 ± 1 mm Transport belt Belt Shaft Stop-ring Front side Notes: 1. To reinstall the transport-belt unit in the copier. (2) Remove the stop-ring and shaft. Note: The belt position for installation is shown in the figure below. 2.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M [A] To place the belt: (1) Remove the idle roller on the drum side. (2) Remove the screw and take out the protective bracket. 2860/70 DRUM . 1996 © TOSHIBA 9 . 9. (4) Remove the belt. (3) Remove the belt case (4 screws). Dec. (2) Remove the screw. and take out the high-voltage transformer. 2060. Take out the lower damp heater. 2860/70 DRUM 9 . and take out the entire bracket. High-voltage transformer Connectors Transfer/separation charger connector Hooks [Front side] 9. (5) Pull out the 2 Faston terminals.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (3) Remove the connectors for the transfer/separation charger (front side) and the main charger (rear side).4. remove the screw and take off the thermostat.7 Lower damp heater. (4) Remove the connector and take off the fuse PC board from the lock support. and thermostat Faston terminals (1) Remove the protection bracket.14 Thermostat fixing screw Thermostat Fuse PC board Connector Lower damp heater Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA . (3) Pull out the connector on the fuse PC board and the 2 Faston terminals for the thermostat. Main charger connector Hooks [Rear side] (4) Remove the 2 connectors and 3 screws. pull out the connector. Remove the screw and the washer. fuse PC board. Operation explanation BC-RAM Adjustment value Main processor Digital data D/A converter Analog Vc IC30 IC40 IC19 Changing/ transfer/ separation/ developerbias output High-voltage transformer Output • Charging/transfer/separation/developer-bias output adjustment value inside BC-RAM is output to the main processor. ¡ ¡ ¡ Dec. * Adjustment of control voltage Vc (adjustment data change) is performed in the AJ mode. Developer-bias Control Circuit 9.1 • • 9. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9 . Vc is varied ¡ output current or voltage varies linearly.15 2060. Separation. 2860/70 DRUM . Outputs control voltage Vc to the charging/transfer/separation/developer-bias transformer. Charging/transfer/separation/developer-bias transformer generates an output current or voltage proportional to control the voltage Vc.5 Charging.5.5.2 Outline Circuit to create the output control voltage Vc of the charging/transfer/separation/developer-bias. Analog conversion by the D/A converter. ¡ • • • • Outputs control voltage data from the main processor to the D/A converter. Transfer.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 9. Return Skip 3560/70 S/M J7-2 HVMVREF J7-7 HVTVREF D/A Converter J7-5 HVACVREF J7-1 BIASVREF Gate Array IC18 IC40 MAIN CPU BC-RAM IC19 IC30 2060.16 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 2860/70 DRUM 9 . 1 2060. DEVELOPER UNIT 10. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 .1 Construction Top cover Upper cover Guide roller Magnetic roller Guide roller Drum Leveler Mixer 1 Mixer 2 Auto-toner sensor Magnetic roller (sleeve) Front side sectional view Dec.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 10. 2860/70 DEVELOPER . 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 . mixer 1 and mixer 2 [Rear of copier] Gear (teeth: 23) ↓ Developer drive gear (teeth: 24) → → Rear of developer → Mixer-1 Mixer 2 Timing belt (2M96) Gear (teeth: 24) → Pulley (teeth: 24) → Sleeve drive pulley (teeth: 27) → Magnetic roller Mixer 1 Pulley P24 Mixer 2 Timing belt (2M96) Magnetic roller Sleeve drive pulley P27 Guide roller G24 Developer drive gear G24 (Dev unit) Developer drive gear G23 (Copier) G24 G24 P24 P27 [Rear side] 2060.1 Magnetic roller.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 10.2.2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA .2 Developer drive 10. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 . Cartridge drive gear G32 Toner cartridge drive motor Mixer 2 [Front side] Dec.3 2060. 2860/70 DEVELOPER .Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 10.2.2 Toner cartridge Toner cartridge drive motor ↓ [Developer front] Drive gear (teeth: 32) ↓ Toner cartridge (toner replenishment) ↑ Mix toner with mixer 1 and 2. (2) Lift up the upper unit. Check that the drum shaft is in the cleaner unit. 2.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 10.1 Disassembly and reassembly of developer unit (1) Remove the toner cartridge. Pull up the front lever and push down the rear lever in the cleaner section.3 Disassembly/Replacement 10. (4) Place the process unit on the flat space.4 Dec. Front side lever Rear side lever [Front side] [Rear side] Process unit Cleaner section Developer unit 2060. Disconnect the developer unit from the cleaner section. Be careful not to damage the drum. (3) Pull out the process unit. 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 .3. Notes: 1. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 2 Pouring in developer material Upper cover (1) Remove the upper cover (2 screws). 2860/70 DEVELOPER .Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (5) When installing the process unit into the copier. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 . Upper frame Guide Guide 10. Dec. insert the positioning pin into the upper frame hole pushing the portion indicating the arrow. Finally.3. align the 2 guides.5 2060. Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (2) Remove the cap of the developer material bottle. Pour the developer material into the developer unit. fasten with screws. turn the gear in the direction of the arrow. (3) After the pouring in has been completed.6 Dec. After fully inserting the hooks (four places). Hooks Upper cover 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA . and cause the developer material to be transported onto the magnetic roller. 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 . Gear (4) Install the upper cover. (Be careful when reassembling the upper cover.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (5) Pay attention to the overlapping between the side seal (front. Side seal Outer rubber seal Inner rubber seal Dec. 2860/70 DEVELOPER . 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 .7 2060.) The side seal must come between the outer rubber seal and inner one. rear) and the rubber seal. 3. 1996 © TOSHIBA . Upper cover Toner replenishment orifice Cap jig (3) Incline the developer unit and discharge developer material from the position indicated by the arrow. Do not discharge developer material from the toner replenishment orifice. (This is done to prevent the developing material around the toner replenishment orifice from splattering into the toner cartridge drive unit when the developer unit is turned upside down.3 Discharging developer material Hooks (1) Set the cap jig on the toner replenishment orifice on the developer unit as shown in the figure.8 Dec. causing the motor to seize. Notes: 1. 2060. 2. as the developer will adhere to the gear of the toner cartridge drive motor.) (2) Remove the upper cover (2 screws). 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 .Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 10. Take care to avoid the connector becoming smeared with developer material when discharging is performed. 4 Guide roller Toner holder [A] Front side (1) Discharge the developer material.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 10. Connector Toner holder bracket (4) Remove the nozzle (3 screws).3. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 . (2) Remove the toner holder bracket (2 screws). Toner holder bracket (3) Remove the connector. 2860/70 DEVELOPER . Nozzle [Front side] Dec.9 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA .Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (5) Remove the plate (3 screws. Replace guide roller. coil spring). (2) Remove plate (4 screws and 1 coil spring).10 Dec. Plate Coil spring Adjuster plate 2060. 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 . Coil spring Plate [Front side] (6) Remove the E-ring. Guide roller E-ring [B] Rear side (1) Remove adjustment plate (1 screw). After reassembly. Replace the motor. 2860/70 DEVELOPER . (2) Remove the toner holder bracket. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 . Notes: 1. nozzle and side plate. Guide roller 10. (3) Pull out the harness and disconnect the connector. The guide roller is common to the front and rear.5 Toner cartridge drive Motor unit (1) Discharge the developer material. Motor Dec.3. Harness Connector (4) Remove the motor (2 screws). 2. When the gear is defective. replace the entire unit.11 2060. Remove the motor unit (1 screw). adjust the polarity position and the doctor sleeve gap according to the method given in the Service Handbook.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (3) Replace the guide roller. 1996 © TOSHIBA . plate and guide roller.3.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 10. (4) Remove the sleeve drive pulley. nozzle. Replace the sensor. (3) Remove the leveler (2 screws).12 Dec. (2) Remove the toner holder. 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 .3. Toner sensor 10. (2) Reverse the developer unit and remove the harness cover (1 screw).7 Magnetic roller Leveler (1) Discharge the developer material. Sleeve drive pulley Guide roller 2060.6 Toner sensor (1) Discharge the developer material. Harness cover (3) Remove the toner sensor (1 connecor). 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 . and then remove the magnetic roller bearing. Notes: 1. remove it from the slit in the frame and pull it out towards the front. Magnetic roller Seal Magnetic roller bearing (6) Remove the V-ring. Shift the magnetic roller in the direction of the arrow.13 2060.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (5) Peel off the seal after removing the front E-ring. 2860/70 DEVELOPER . After reassembly. V-ring Dec. adjust the polarity position and the doctor sleeve gap according to the method given in the Service Handbook. 2. Pay attention to the direction (obverse/ reverse) of the V-ring when reassembly. and its circuit is structured as follows. MAIN-CPU +5SW P62 +24 D3 63 IC19 TMOT-ON Q8 R21 R22 Q3 2SD1417 PWA-LGC Toner motor The motor winding is connected to the +24V at its (+) side and to the collector of Q3 at its (–) side.4 Brush Motor (Toner Motor (M15)) Drive Circuit The toner motor is provided to supply toner for the developer unit. 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 . 2060.14 Dec.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 10. – When P62 (TMOT-ON signal) of the main-CPU becomes “L” level – • • Q8 is turned on ¡ Q3 is turned on The +24V power supply supplies current in Q3 via the motor winding ¡ the motor rotates – When TMOT-ON signal becomes “H” level – • • Q8 is turned off ¡ Q3 is turned off The current which was flowing in the motor winding flows via the route of diode D3. ~ It decreases at the rate of the time constant determined by the inductance and resistance of the winding. The toner motor is driven by transistor 2SD1417 (Q3 on the logic PC board). 1996 © TOSHIBA . Auto-toner sensor: Detects toner density. ~ Density drops ¡ toner supply. Displays the toner-empty status. Replenishes the toner in the developer material.1 • 64748 • • • • • • Brief description Detects the density of the toner in the developer material. Toner cartridge Toner Toner motor Control voltage signal DA converter IC40 M62353(A03) Toner sensor Toner density signal IC19: 95C063F Developer unit Developer material BC-RAM IC30 Dec.5 Auto-Toner Sensor Circuit 10. 2860/70 DEVELOPER . Control section: Toner motor: Display unit: Display Arithmetic and control unit PWA-LGC CPU Functions of auto-toner circuit. • 6447448 Configuration of auto-toner circuit.5. Control to maintain the toner in the developer material at a constant specific density.15 2060. Detects that the toner in the toner cartridge has been used up (toner empty).Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 10. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 . 1 2060.1 Construction The cleaner unit consists of a drive section. Drum Drum gear Main charger Toner recovery auger Drum shaft When the main charger has been removed Toner recovery auger Main blade Gear Recovery blade When the drum has been removed Dec. main blade.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 11. CLEANER UNIT 11. recovery blade. toner-recovery auger. 2860/70 CLEANER . 1996 © TOSHIBA 11 . and toner bag (see Chapter 9 for main charger). Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 11.2 Drive system G20 Front view • Drum/toner recovery auger drive Gear (teeth: 20)-----Rear of machine (inside frame) → Drum gear (teeth: 72) → Drum → Gear (teeth: 23) → Toner recovery auger ↓ Toner-full switch 2060, 2860/70 CLEANER 11 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 11.3 Description of Functions [A] Main blade Scrapes off residual toner on the drum surface. The blade is pushed against the drum at a constant pressure by the pressure spring. Pressure spring Main blade Toner recovery auger Recovery blade Front cross-section view Note: When the blade is released from the drum such as for adjustment of the high- voltage transformer, rotate the blade pressure release cam in the direction of the arrow. [B] Recovery blade Catches the toner scraped off by the main blade. [C] Toner recovery auger Transports scraped off residual toner into the toner bag. Blade release cam [D] Toner bag The toner scraped off by the cleaner blade is carried by the recovery auger into the toner bag. [E] Toner-full switch When the toner bag becomes full of recovered toner, the recovery auger is pushed back towards the rear, causing the toner-full switch S13 to come on. Toner full switch Drive unit When rear cover (U) has been removed Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 11 - 3 2060, 2860/70 CLEANER Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 11.4 Disassembly/Replacement 11.4.1 Cleaner unit Blade pressure-release cam (1) Remove the toner cartridge. (2) Lift up upper unit. (3) Pull out the process unit. (4) Disconnect the cleaner unit from the developer unit. Notes: 1. Be careful not to damage the drum. 2. Check that the drum shaft is in the cleaner unit. 3. In this copier’s cleaner unit, the main blade is in constant contact with the drum. Consequently, when fitting a new drum to the cleaner unit, release the main blade pressure by turning the blade pressure release cam. 4. After applying powder to the entire drum, turn the cam and bring the main blade in contact with the drum. 5. When rotating the cam, use a screwdriver to perform certain operations. Blade pressure applied cam position Blade pressure released cam position (5) Pull out the drum shaft from the rear after lift up the drum shaft stopper lever. Drum shaft 2060, 2860/70 CLEANER 11 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (6) When removing the drum from the cleaner unit, hold the side of the drum as shown (in diagram), and slowly take it out. Note: When reinstalling the drum in the cleaner unit, the drive gear should be installed to the rear. Drum Gear 11.4.2 Main blade (1) Remove the main charger. (2) Remove the spring. (3) Remove the 2 screws. When reassembling, secure with the screws in the following order: ᕃ→ᕄ Spring ᕄ Main blade ᕃ 11.4.3 Recovery blade Separation claw holder (1) Turn the cleaner unit upside down. (2) Remove the separation claw holder (4 screws). (3) Remove the recovery blade (2 screws). Recovery blade Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 11 - 5 2060, 2860/70 CLEANER Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 11.4.4 Separation claw (1) Turn the cleaner unit upside down. (2) Remove the 2 screws and take out the separation claw with the holder. (3) Remove the separation claw from its fitting. Separation claw holder Separation claw 11.4.5 Block for charger output adjustment (1) Remove cleaner unit. (2) Remove inner cover (upper). (3) Remove a screw. Charger output adjustment block 11.4.6 Toner-full switch (1) Remove the main motor (2 screws). (2) Remove the drive unit (5 screws). (3) Remove the toner-full switch. Toner-full switch 2060, 2860/70 CLEANER 11 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA The fuser unit comprises the heater lamp. separation claws. scraper. Dec. etc. etc. The transfer paper which has completed the fixing process exits onto the receiving tray through the paper exit unit. thermostat.1 2060.. thermistor.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 12 FUSER UNIT/PAPER-EXIT UNIT 12. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 . and the toner image is fixed there. heat roller. discharge brush.1 General Description Heater lamp Heat roller cleaning blade Heat roller Cleaning felt roller Fuser cover Thermostat Separation claw Upper exit roller Thermistor Entrance paper guide Lower exit roller Pressure spring Exit paper guide Pressure roller Scraper Heat and pressure are applied to the transfer paper which has been separated from the drum. cleaning felt roller. pressure roller. The paper exit unit consists of exit rollers. 2860/70 FUSER . (4) Separation claws/Scraper By the use of the separation claws/scraper. 1996 © TOSHIBA . (2) Paper-exit unit The upper and lower exit rollers rotate using the gear drive from the fuser unit.3 Functions of Each Part (1) Heater lamp This halogen lamp is located inside the heat roller. and has heat applied by the heater lamp. Fixing is performed by the transfer paper to be passed through between the two rollers as above so that the toner image faces the heat roller.2 Description of Operations (1) Fuser unit Heat and pressure are applied to the paper which has been separated from the drum and transported into the fuser unit and the toner image is fixed there. 2060. but it does not rotate. Steady pressure is applied to both the heat and pressure rollers (mentioned later). a Teflon coating has been applied on the surface of the heat roller. (3) Pressure roller This is made of rubber for smooth application of pressure to the heat roller.) The paper which has been fixed is smoothly removed from the heat roller by the use of the separation claws. The paper which has completed the fixing process exits smoothly onto the receiving tray through the upper and lower exit rollers. because the toner is fixed by contacting with the heat roller. a problem may occur. and when the temperature becomes abnormally high. during this process. the paper which has been fixed to the both heat and pressure rollers is smoothly removed. (2) Heat roller This roller is made of aluminum whose heat conductivity is relatively good.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 12. The heater lamp is secured as it is while the heat roller rotates. Steady pressure is applied always to the upper and lower rollers by springs and they are rotated by the main motor. for easier removal of the toner from the heat roller. Therefore. the toner may adhere to the roller (called “offset phenomenon”). The toner is fused by the heat roller. the heat conductivity rate is increased by the pressure roller. That is.2 Dec. the power supply to the heater lamp is stopped by a thermostat. The detection unit monitors the heat roller temperature using a thermistor. 2860/70 FUSER 12 . (The upper roller (heat roller) has a heater lamp. 12. applying heat to the heat roller. The pressure roller has pressure applied always by springs. causing the toner to permeate the paper fiber. However. it is set to stay OFF. lower than the maximum temperature at which “baking” may occur. (8) Thermostat When the surface temperature of the heat roller becomes excessively high due to thermistor failure.3 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 . the thermostat stops the power supply to the heater lamp. The thermistor detects the surface temperature of the heat roller. when it detects an abnormal operation. If the temperature is lower than the standard temperature. (6) Thermistor-1 Surface temperature of the heat roller should be maintained within a fixed range. The silicon oil soaked in the pressure roller is evaporated by the heat roller. As a result. the cleaning of the toner on the heat roller can be smoothly performed. higher than the minimum temperature at which improper fixing may occur.. during repair. etc. if higher to turns it off.e. the paper removed by the separation claws or scraper exits smoothly onto the receiving tray via the ADU exit roller. this should be replaced together with other damaged parts in the fuser unit. The cleaning felt roller is located so that it can come in contact with the heat roller. (7) Thermistor-2 Temperature distribution in axis of the heat roller may differ greatly on its center and ends by conditions. 2860/70 FUSER .Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (5) Cleaning felt roller This cleans the toner remaining on the drum at fixing process. Dec. When either thermistor-1 or -2 detects the temperature over the specifieds. (9) Exit rollers Through the exit rollers. heater lamp is turned off by their thermal controls. As the thermostat used in this copier is a type which protects against abnormal operation. (actually. causing it to adhere to the surface of the heat roller. Therefore. it turns on the heater lamp. The thermistor-2 detects temperature of the heat roller end. i. around 200 °C). after the power has been turned on. even when the power is turned on. CALL SERVICE (C45) is displayed. the CPU works as follows: After the C41 error occurs two times in succession. CALL SERVICE (C43) is displayed. and then performs heater lamp ON/OFF control. As a result. or more. the fuser temperature rises abnormally high. (3) Abnormal detection during stand-by/copying (Thermistor-2) If the thermistor-2 output voltage decreases to and remains at 0. The CPU works to detect the breakage of the thermistor and prevents the condition mentioned above. if turning on the power switch does not cause the heater to energize resulting in a C40 error. The following abnormalities are detected: (1) Abnormal detection during warming up Maximum 25 sec.192 V or lower for 260 msec. The thermistor is an electrical element whose resistance decreases as its detected temperature increases.1 Temperature detection unit To maintain the heat roller temperature. 2060. or more. if the thermistor-1 output voltage does not exceed 0.4 Heater Control Circuit 12. the C40 counter clears to “0”. this unit detects the heat-roller temperature by thermistor-1. the control circuit erroneously determines that the fuser temperature is extremely low and continues to energize the heater lamp. After CALL SERVICE (C41 – C45) has occurred and the thermistor. heater lamp. 2860/70 FUSER 12 . check the C40 counter (08-code 89) and reset it to “0”. the heater will not come on and the C41 error will be immediately displayed. • • However.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 12. CALL SERVICE (C41) is displayed. etc.078 V.4 Dec.4.078 V or lower for 260 msec. (4) C40 error counter control • For improved fuser-unit safety. If the thermistor is open-circuited. (2) Abnormal detection during stand-by/copying (Thermistor-1) If the thermistor-1 output voltage decreases to and remains at 0. possibly activating the thermostat provided for safety purposes. if the copier becomes ready correctly. have been repaired (or replaced). 1996 © TOSHIBA . with “1” or less stored in the C40 counter. • At the power on. be sure to check the thermistor and heater lamp. 2. the circuit is so devised that if the temperature in the no paper-contact area rises to 245°C. 2860/70 FUSER . Therefore. all the data inside BC-RAM need to be rechecked. 40°C. highvoltage transformers.2 KΩ 3.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M Surface temperature of heat roller: 200°C (Thermistor resistance value: about 3. the temperature at each end (no paper-contact area) of the heat roller normally tends to rise higher that the controlled temperature of the paper-contact area. 2. and after repair. it may be possible that BC-RAM or the data in it have been destroyed by charger leaking. Also. 8 or 9 is never written in the C40 counter.5V and 0. 4. 1. the second thermistor detects this. Temperature Less than 200°C 200°C More than 200°C Thermistor resistance More than 3. Relationship between heat roller surface temperature and thermistor-1 resistance. Temperature control at heat roller ends During multicopying. 6. if the heater does not turn on and the copier goes into the C40 CALL SERVICE. • 200°C corresponds to approx.2 KΩ Heater lamp state ON Maintains previous status OFF °C Warm-up Standby (200°C) Copying (200°C) 200 Heat roller temperature distribution OFF Heater lamp OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF 4.5 2060. 5. for example). A value other than 0. Dec. check the guide bias. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 . 2. reset the C40 counter (08-code 89) to 0 and then turn on the power switch. for any defects. causing the heater to be turned off immediately regardless of the temperature in the paper-contact area. etc. 3.2KΩ Less than 3. In this case.078 V corresponds to approx. charger wires. etc. 7.2 kΩ) Reference 1. If it is 2 or more. check the C40 counter if it is 2 or more. • If the value of the C40 counter is more than 10 (11. 3. Relationship between the output voltage and the fusing temperature. thermistor. it is explained Main processor R136 • • The input voltage is obtained by voltage dividing R136. repair the problem and then clear code 89 of the AD (ᖐ + ᖎ) mode with “0”. exposure lamp. The surface temperature of the heat roller changes. So. 2860/70 FUSER 12 . if the main switch is turned on immediately. +5 * Since thermistor burnout detection circuits of the thermistor-1 and -2 are common. such as a shorted triac. the microcomputer detects abnormal temperatures through the first and second thermistors. this will be repeated.6 Dec. abnormal temperature detection in (1) continues. In this case. 1996 © TOSHIBA 230°C Second thermistor: 270°C . determines the corresponding error codes and counter values. (1) Temperature detection The following abnormal temperatures are detected by the respective thermistors: First thermistor: (2) Error codes “C44”: Displayed when keys C/S + ᖎ are pressed simultaneously at the time of Call Service. After that.). Counter value “9”: Displayed when you input “89” in the AD (ᖐ + ᖎ) mode. control-panel displays. it will be turned off again as long as the temperature on the heater surface remains above the abnormal detection temperatures of thermistors. 2060. the microcomputer causes the main power to switch off. turn on the main switch and you can check the counter value before the main switch is turned off again.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 12. ¡ The thermistor resistance value changes ¡ The input voltage also changes Thermistor-1 R66 HTRTHR86 C34 R81 IC12 PC0/AN0 • The main processor detects an abnormality ¿ thermistor broken 12. etc. So.4. Thereafter. and causes the main power to switch off to protect the fuser unit. after waiting for the heater surface temperature to drop. (4) Corrective action After the error code and counter value in (2) have been determined. it may become incapable of ON/OFF control.3 Control for abnormal heater condition When something abnormal occurs in the heater turn-on circuit. you can bring the copier into its normal operating condition. (3) Machine condition After deenergizing all outputs (heater lamp.4. After confirming that an abnormal heater condition has occurred. motors.2 Detection of thermistor burnout with the thermistor-1. R86 and R81. Dec.1 Fuser unit Fuser cover (1) Remove the used toner box. door switch cover and the fuser cover (2 screws each).Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 12.5.7 2060. (2) Remove the 3 connectors on the rear side. Connectors (3) Remove the 1 screw which secures the fuser unit. 2860/70 FUSER .5 Disassembly and Replacement 12. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 . Note: Use the original hole (round) when securing it again. (2) Remove the lamp terminal fixing screws (2 screws). Lamp terminal fixing screw (3) Remove the lamp holder bracket at the front side (1 screw). 2 1 12.8 Dec.2 Heater lamp (1) Remove the fuser unit.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (4) Slide the entire unit to the front side. [Front side] Heater lamp holder bracket 2060. unhook the stud from the copier frame. 2860/70 FUSER 12 . 1996 © TOSHIBA .5. and remove it while lifting it up. 9 2060.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (4) Remove the lamp holder bracket on the rear side (2 screws).3 Heat roller (1) Remove the heater lamp. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 .5. [Rear side] Lamp holder bracket (5) Pull the heater lamp out towards the rear side. Set the TOSHIBA mark facing the front side. Rear side Heater lamp 12. Do not touch the heater lamp surface directly with your hands. 2. 2860/70 FUSER . (2) Remove the separation claw unit (2 screws). Notes: 1. Separation claw unit Separation claw unit Dec. and the gear at the rear side. (5) Remove the upper frame (4 screws). (4) Remove the cleaning felt roller lifting up. Upper frame Bearing Bracket (7) Remove the C-ring at the front and rear side. Note: Be careful not to deform the root of the thermistor harness when removing the bracket. Bearing C-ring [Front side] 2060.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (3) Remove the upper stay of the fuser unit (2 screws). 1996 © TOSHIBA .10 Dec. 2860/70 FUSER 12 . Gear C-ring [Rear side] (8) Remove the ball bearing from the frame. (6) Remove the bracket fixing the thermistor and thermostat (1 screw). 4 Pressure roller Exit roller (1) Remove the fuser unit. (2) Remove the heat roller. 2860/70 FUSER . Heat roller 12. then take out the heat roller toward the exit side. Stop-ring (4) Take off the entrance paper guide by unscrewing the two screws.11 2060. Entrance paper guide Exit paper guide Pressure roller Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 . Note: Be careful not to damage the heat roller surface by knocking it against the bracket.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (9) Slide the heat roller to the front side and pull it off from the rear side frame.5. (3) Remove the exit roller (stop-ring). etc. (5) Remove the exit paper guide hook. Note: When installing the cleaning felt roller. Bearing Pressure roller Note: When installing the pressure roller.12 Dec.5. Bearing Pressure lever 12. make sure the bearing grooves on both front and rear are set in the pressure levers. 1996 © TOSHIBA . (2) Remove the cleaning felt roller by lifting the roller. rear: silver). make sure the color of pressure springs (front side: golden. 2060. 2860/70 FUSER 12 .Return Skip 3560/70 S/M (6) Lift up the pressure roller holding both ends. and take the pressure roller out with its bearings.5 Cleaning felt roller Cleaning felt roller Upper stay (1) Remove the upper stay (2 screws). Separation claw Spring Dec.5.6 Heat roller cleaning blade Heat roller cleaning blade (1) Remove the bracket (upper plate).13 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 .Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 12. For each claw. Installation hole 12. Note: When installing the heat roller cleaning blade. then remove the claw. 2860/70 FUSER . use the original hole (round) of the blade. Note: Check that the edges (tips) of the claws are not chipped.5.7 Separation claw units Separation claw unit (1) Remove the separation claw cover (3 screws). (2) Remove the heat roller cleaning blade by taking out the two screws. remove the spring. (2) There are 6 separation claws in all. Note: Attach the stop-ring as shown in the figure below.9 Lower exit roller (1) Remove the fuser unit.Return Skip 3560/70 S/M 12. Note: When installing. make sure the thermistor and thermostat both contact the heat roller surface evenly.8 Thermistor and thermostat (1) Remove the cleaning roller bracket. (3) Unscrew 2 screws and take off the thermostat from the holder. Stop-ring Handle Lower exit roller Stop-ring 2060.5.5. 1996 © TOSHIBA . (2) Remove the 2 thermistors (1 screw each). Thermistors Thermostat 12. 2860/70 FUSER 12 . (2) Remove the stop-ring. • Be careful not to deform the root of the thermistor harness.14 Dec. 1 2060.S. Statement (for U. 2860/70 ADU . Letter. Folio (for Europe) Ledger. Computer. B5. Automatic Duplexing Unit (ADU) MD-5002 13. number of copies in multicopying: Dimensions: Weight: Power Source: 1~50 sheets W598 x D620 x H110 mm Approx. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 . and Canada) Type of paper: Toshiba-recommended paper 64~80 g/m2 (17~22 lb) (sheets of paper) Max. A4. Dec.1 Specifications Type: Function: Paper sizes: Unit type Feeding for duplex copying 50 sheets stackable: A3. Legal. B4.13.A. A5. 10 kg Supplied from the copier Note: Specifications are subject to change without notice. 2860/70 ADU 13 .2. 1996 © TOSHIBA .2 Names of Various Components 13.13.1 Front-side view Idle rollers Gate cover Paper guide (U) Front cover Ground plate spring Motor cover Jam lever End guide Side guides Tray End switch Gate arm Gate solenoid PC board 2060.2 Dec. 3 2060.2 Rear-side view Drawer connector Dec.Open guide (L) Transport rollers Open guide (U) Side motor End motor 13. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 .2. 2860/70 ADU . 3 Feed-side section Stack/feed roller (Sub) Stack/feed roller (Main) Pick-up roller ADU motor Feed clutch (Z28) Jam switch Empty switch Separation roller Side switch Stack clutch (Z40) Stack roller 13.4 Dec.2. 1996 © TOSHIBA .2.4 Copier’s exit-side section Gate Exit roller Transport roller 2060.13. 2860/70 ADU 13 . 2860/70 ADU .5 Sectional view ᕋ ᕈ ᕊ ᕋ ᕍᕗ ᕍᕚ ᕍᕛ ᕍᕠ ᕉ ᕆ ᕇ ᕄ ᕅ ᕍᕙ ᕃ ᕍᕘ ᕍᕜ [Front side] ᕃ ᕄ ᕅ ᕆ ᕇ ᕈ ᕉ ᕊ ADU motor Side guide Side motor End guide End motor EXIT/ADU selection gate Gate solenoid Open guide ᕋ ᕍᕠ ᕍᕗ ᕍᕘ ᕍᕙ ᕍᕚ ᕍᕛ ᕍᕜ Transport roller Stacking section Jam switch Empty switch Tray Pickup roller Stack/feed roller Separation roller Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 .13.2.5 2060. where the paper is stacked face up. the transport roller rotates and the EXIT/ADU selection gate is switched in the direction of the stacking section by the gate solenoid. causing the lower sheet(s) to stop its movement. if two or more sheets are sent out. This will cause the tray positioned under the stacked sheets of paper to rise. A jam switch is provided to have paper jams in the open guide detected. 2860/70 ADU 13 . making the sheets come into contact with the rotating pick-up roller and sending the topmost sheet out. 1996 © TOSHIBA . The sheet copied on both its sides passes through the copier’s exit roller and over the EXIT/ADU selection gate which is already positioned in the direction of existing. The sheet is then copied on the side not copied previously. and each time 5 sheets are stacked consecutively during stacking. further passing through the exit roller to exit finally into the receiving tray.3 Description of ADU Operation 13. the separation roller stops rotating. The copy paper which has exited from the copier is sent into the ADU’s open guide by the EXIT/ADU selection gate. the side guides are set with a 5 mm gap relative to each side of the paper. 13. This operation is repeated until the specified number of sheets are stacked.3.6 Dec. The sheet of paper thus sent out is carried by the copier’s upper transport roller to the copier’s aligning roller and aligned. the side guides perform a paper aligning operation. The separation roller rotates with the feed roller.13. the ADU motor starts rotating.2 Duplex copying After the paper stacking operation. when a second original is set and the PRINT key is pressed.1 Paper stacking operation When the ADU (duplex copying) mode is selected and the PRINT key is pressed on the copier’s control panel. At the start of the stacking operation.3. At this time. the stack clutch comes on. causing the elevator arm to rotate. Then. 2060. This paper is further carried by transport rollers into the stacking section. The empty switch is to detect whether or not paper is present in the stacking section. the ADU motor starts rotating. and the side guides and the end guide in the stacking section are moved to the positions corresponding to the selected size of paper by their respective motors. The copied sheet is then transported to the ADU’s stacking section. causing the gate to close.4. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 . the arm rotates and pushes up the lever.4 Drive System 13. When the gate solenoid is turned off.13. and the copied sheet will exit. 2860/70 ADU .7 2060. Gate Lever Arm Gate solenoid Arm Spring Gate solenoid Dec.1 Driving of the EXIT/ADU gate When the gate solenoid is turned on. causing the gate to open. the arm is pulled back to its original position by a spring. the side motor performs paper aligning by moving the side guides to the right and left.2 Driving of the stack guides (1) Side guides Side guides End guide Side motor End motor The side motor rotates corresponding to the size of paper selected.8 Dec. causing the end guide to move to the position specified. causing the side guides to move to the positions specified. (2) End guide The end motor rotates corresponding to the size of paper selected. 2060. In addition.4. 2860/70 ADU 13 . each time five sheets are stacked.13. 1996 © TOSHIBA . At this time. ADU feed roller and ADU transport rollers Transport rollers ADU pick-up roller ADU stack/feed roller C B P24 P24 One way clutch P24 P24 Z16 (with one-way clutch) P24 Z24 P36 Feed clutch (Z28) Stack clutch (Z40) Z57/Z28 Z40/Z20 A ADU motor • When the ADU motor rotates in the direction of the arrow A and stack clutch (Z40) energizes. the transport rollers are rotated and the ADU stack/feed roller is rotated in the direction of the arrow B (in the stacking direction). the transport rollers do not rotate since a one-way clutch is contained inside of the gear (Z16) on the transport roller shaft. the pick-up roller and the ADU stack/feed roller are rotated in the feeding direction (arrow C). Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 . 2860/70 ADU .13.9 2060. • When the ADU motor rotates (arrow A) and the feed clutch (Z28) energizes.3 Driving of the ADU pick-up roller.4. (2) Remove the 7 screws fastening the cover. 2860/70 ADU 13 . Gate cover Motor cover [B] Lower cover (1) Place the ADU upside down.1 Removing the ADU covers [A] Motor cover and gate cover (1) Remove one screw fastening each cover. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 2060.5 Disassembling and Reassembling Various Parts 13.5.10 Dec.13. Dec. To remove the ADU exit unit. 2860/70 ADU .5. exit roller and EXIT/ADU selection gate (1) Open the front cover and clamshell. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 . (3) Take out two screws from the ADU exit unit and remove the vertical transport guide unit.11 2060.13.2 Transport system [A] ADU vertical transport roller. (2) Lift the rear side of the unit and pull out the pivot. Remove the bracket. open the unit and remove the screw of the unit’s pivot bracket located at the rear. 12 Dec. remove the stop-ring and bushing at the front. from the exit roller of ADU exit unit whose vertical transport guide unit has already been extracted. Stop-ring Bush Bush Gear Vertical transport roller (5) To take out the EXIT/ADU selection gate and exit roller. and the gear and bushing at the rear. Bush Stop-ring Bush Gear Exit roller EXIT/ADU selection gate [B] Transport rollers 1. 2860/70 ADU 13 . Upper paper guide 2060. remove the stop-ring and bushing at the front. 1996 © TOSHIBA . and the gear and bushing at the rear.(4) To take out the vertical transport roller. 2 and 3 (1) Take out the upper paper guide by removing its two screws. and then take out the units toward the front. 1 each) and the snap pin (rear). remove the stop-ring (front and rear. Take out the open guide stopper from the open guide (lower) while pushing it toward the rear. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 . 2860/70 ADU .(2) Remove the stop-ring securing the open guide stopper. Front side Stud Stop-ring Rear side Open guide unit (upper and lower) Front side Rear side Open guide unit (upper and lower) Dec.13 2060. push the units toward the rear to have the front stud disengaged. Open guide (lower) Open guide stopper Stop-ring Rear side (3) To remove the open guide units (upper and lower). bring the transport roller 1 near to the front and then take it out toward the rear. 2. 1996 © TOSHIBA . pin and bushing at the front. gear.[B-1] Removing the transport roller 1 (1) Remove the open guide unit (lower). pulley. 3.14 Dec. guide roller. Transport roller 2 Transport roller 1 Open guide unit (lower) Transport roller 3 Timing belt Gear Pulley Pin Guide roller Stop-ring Stop-ring Bush Transport roller 1. front side Bush Stop-ring Roller shaft Transport roller 1. rear side 2060. 2860/70 ADU 13 . (3) Remove the timing belt. and two stop-rings. (2) Remove the stop-ring and bushing at the rear. bring the transport roller 3 near to the front and then take it out toward the rear. and the stop-ring. front side [B-3] Removing the transport roller 3 (1) Remove the open guide unit (lower). Stop-ring Pulley Bush Pin Timing belt Roller shaft Transport roller 3. and the stop-ring. (3) Remove the timing belt. (2) Remove the stop-ring and bushing at the rear. and push the bushing to the inside. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 . Pick-up roller guide Stop-ring Gear Bush ADU pick-up roller Stop-ring Stacker Dec. (3) Remove the timing belt. pin and bushing at the front. (5) Remove the four pick-up roller guides from the pick-up roller shaft by pushing them downward. and lift the rear end of the shaft. Pin Pulley Stop-ring Timing belt Timing belt Pin Pulley Bush Transport roller 2. bring the transport roller 2 near to the front and then take it out toward the rear.[B-2] Removing the transport roller 2 (1) Remove the open guide unit (lower). 2860/70 ADU . pulley. (3) Remove the stacker from the pick-up roller shaft. (2) Remove the stop-ring and bushing at the rear. Take out the open guide stopper from the open guide after removing one stop-ring. front side [C] ADU pick-up roller (1) Take out the upper paper guide by removing two screws. (2) Take out the open guide unit (upper and lower) by removing two stop-rings and one snap pin.15 2060. two pins and bushing at the front. two pulleys. (4) Remove the stop-ring on each end of the ADU pick-up roller shaft and the gear at the front. lift the rear end of the shaft. Then. ADU stack/feed roller (sub) Pick-up roller guide ADU stack/feed roller (sub) Stop-ring ADU stack/feed roller (main) Stop-ring (3) Remove the stop-ring on each end of the ADU stack/feed roller shaft. Stop-ring Bush ADU stack/feed roller 2060.(6) Remove the bushing from the rear end of the pick-up roller shaft and the stop-ring at the rear of the pick-up roller. (2) Remove the open guide units (upper and lower) by removing two stop-rings and one snap-ring. 1996 © TOSHIBA . and push the bushing toward the inside. (4) Remove the four pick-up roller guides from the pick-up roller shaft by pushing them downward. Take out the open guide stopper from the open guide (lower) after removing one stop-ring. Pick-up roller [D] ADU stack/feed rollers (Main and sub) (1) Take out the upper paper guide by removing two screws. 2860/70 ADU 13 .16 Dec. take the pick-up roller out toward the rear. Then. move the roller and the entire guide toward the front and remove the pin. (6) After removing the front stop-ring. ADU separation roller Dec. pin and main stack/feed roller. ADU stack/feed roller Stop-ring Bush Pick-up roller guide Stop-ring Pin Stack/feed roller (sub) Stack/feed roller (main) Bush [E] ADU separation roller (1) Remove the two screws of the ADU separation roller. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 . (7) From the rear. and the stop-ring and pick-up roller guide at the rear. 2860/70 ADU . take out the sub-stack/feed roller. pin and sub-stack/ feed roller in this order. pick-up roller guide. pick-up roller guide.17 2060.(5) Remove the bushing from the rear end of the stack/feed roller shaft. (3) Remove the motor cover by unscrewing a screw. and take out the separation roller.18 Dec. Take out the open guide stopper from the open guide (lower) after removing one stop-ring. 1996 © TOSHIBA .(2) Take out the unit toward the feed side. 2860/70 ADU 13 . (2) Take out the open guide unit (upper and lower) by removing two stop-rings and one snap pin.5. pull out the shaft.3 Drive system [A] ADU motor (1) Remove the upper paper guide by unscrewing two screws. Separation roller unit (3) Remove the stop-ring. Separation roller Stop-ring Shaft 13. Paper guide (upper) Open guide unit (upper and lower) Motor cover 2060. 2860/70 ADU . Take out the ADU feed unit by unscrewing four screws. Spring (5) Move the side guides toward the center. ADU motor Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 .19 2060.(4) Remove the spring on the rear. ADU feed unit Side guides (6) Remove two screws and take out the ADU motor. Switch bracket (3) Disconnect the connectors of the feed clutch and stack clutch. 2860/70 ADU 13 . and also between the stack clutch and the bush.5 mm between the feed clutch and the gear. 1996 © TOSHIBA . (4) Align the end surface of the shaft and clutch. Loosening two setscrews of each of the feed and stack clutches. take them out from their shafts.20 Dec. 0.[B] Feed clutch and stack clutch (1) Remove the ADU motor bracket from the ADU feed unit by unscrewing four screws. ADU motor bracket (2) Remove the switch bracket by unscrewing a screw. Stack clutch Align Gap Gap Setscrews Feed clutch Align Gear Bush 2060. * Make a gap of approx. then securely tighten the two setscrews at this position when reassembling the feed and stack clutches. (4) The end motor can be removed by the same procedure.[C] Gate solenoid (1) Remove the gate cover and motor cover by unscrewing each screw. take out the timing belt. (3) Unscrew two screws. 2860/70 ADU .21 2060. Side motor bracket Timing belt End motor bracket Timing belt Dec. Gate solenoid (3) Remove the gate solenoid by unscrewing two screws. and remove the side motor bracket. (2) Disconnect the gate solenoid connector and take out the gate unit by removing two screws. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 . (2) Remove the lower cover by unscrewing 7 screws. Arm Spring Gate solenoid [D] Side motor and end motor (1) Place the ADU upside down. (4) Disconnect the connector.5. Side motor End motor (6) Fix the side motor bracket at the position of 21 ± 0. (3) Unlatch the claws of the switches.5 mm from the case when reassembling. 2860/70 ADU 13 . (2) Remove the switch bracket. 21±0. 1996 © TOSHIBA . Jam switch Switch bracket 2060.(5) Remove the side motor and the end motor from their brackets by unscrewing two screws for each.5 Side motor bracket 13.4 Various switches Empty switch [A] Jam switch and empty switch (1) Remove the ADU feed unit.22 Dec. (3) Remove the rail guide. Rail guide Dec. (3) Disconnect the connector. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 .23 2060. (2) Remove the ADU motor bracket.[B] Side switch (1) Remove the ADU feed unit. Side switch [C] End switch (1) Remove the upper paper guide and the open guide units (upper and lower). (4) Remove the guide switch bracket from the ADU motor bracket by unscrewing a screw. ADU motor bracket Side switch bracket (5) Unlatch the claws of the switch. 2860/70 ADU . (2) Place the ADU upside down and remove the lower cover. 24 Dec. End switch Connector End switch claws 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 2860/70 ADU 13 .(4) Disconnect the switch connector and unlatch the claws of the switch. Remarks Symbol SOL1 (Gate solenoid) 13.25 2060. Remarks Blushless motor Symbol DM1 13. Pulse motor Pulse motor Function Drives paper transport rollers. Detects the passage of paper through the guide up to the stack section.6.4 Switches and sensors Abbreviation END-SW (End switch) Function Detects the end guide position in the stack section.6 Symbols and Functions of Electrical Parts 13. Semiconductor sensor Semiconductor sensor Semiconductor sensor Remarks Semiconductor sensor Symbol SA1 SA2 SID-SW (Side switch) SA3 EMP-SW (Empty switch) SA4 JAM-SW (Jam switch) Dec. Detects when the ADU cassette runs out of paper. Drives the side guides in the stack section.13. Used for stacking operation. Remarks Symbol CLT1 CLT2 13.6.2 Solenoids Abbreviation STSOL Function Used to open and close the gate. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 .3 Clutches Abbreviation FEDCLT (Feed clutch) STCLT (Stack clutch) Function Used for paper re-feeding.6. Detects the side guide position in the stack section. 2860/70 ADU .1 Motors M Abbreviation ADU-MOT (ADU motor) DM2 END-MOT (End motor) DM3 SID-MOT (Side motor) Drives the end guide in the stack section.6. 2860/70 ADU 13 .26 Dec.13.7 Layout for Electrical Parts Drawer connector for connecting with the copier EMP-SW SA3 JAM-SW SA4 STCLT CLT2 Rear side FEDCLT CLT1 ADU-MOT DM1 SID-SW SA2 SID-MOT END-MOT DM2 END-SW SA1 DM3 STSOL SOL1 Front side 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 13. (2) The side motor (SID-MOT) DM3 rotates to move the side guides to their home position. (4) ADU paper feeding This operation causes sheets of paper to be fed from the ADU into the copier. [B] Stacking operation (1) When the PRINT key is pressed.27 2060. 2860/70 ADU . Dec. the SID-MOT DM3 and END-MOT DM2 are rotated to move the side and end guides to the position corresponding to the specified size of paper. (2) Jam detection inside the ADU is performed as follows: JAM-SW SA4 is checked if it is turned on within a specified period of time after the copied paper turned on the copier’s exit switch. and the ADU-MOT DM1 is rotated clockwise to transport the paper.1 General operation (1) Initializing When the power switch is turned on or when the front cover is opened/closed or when the ADU is pulled out/pushed in. 13. this operation is performed.2 Description of each operation [A] Initializing [A-1] Initializing when the power switch is turned on (1) When the power switch is turned on. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 .8. STSOL ( SOL 1 ) is en- ergized to position the EXIT/ADU selection gate in the direction of stacking. The switch is also checked if it is turned off within a specified period of time after the exit switch was turned off by the paper. then moves them to the position corresponding to the selected size of paper. (2) Stacking operation This is an operation in which sheets of paper fed from the cassette and copied on their surface (first side) are sent into the ADU stack section and stacked there. [A-2] Initializing when the copier’s front cover is opened/closed (1) The operation in step (1) above is performed. [A-3] Initializing when the ADU is pulled out/pushed in (1) The end motor (END-MOT) DM2 rotates to move the end guide to its home position once. then moves it to the position corresponding to the selected size of paper. and STCLT CLT2 is energized to rotate the ADU transport rollers in the direction of stacking. the end motor (END-MOT) DM2 rotates to move the end guide in the stack section to its home position.8 Description of Operation 13.8. (2) The side motor (SID-MOT) DM3 rotates to move the side guides to their home position once. (3) Duplex copying Sheets of paper which have been copied on their first sides are automatically sent into the copier and copied on their reverse surface (second side). When copies are finished. and the copying process commences. (4) When the sheet pushes the copier’s paper transport switch on. (5) After the final sheet is stacked in the ADU stack section. the SID-MOT the specified size of paper and ADU-MOT DM1 DM3 is rotated to move the side guides to CLT1 is is rotated clockwise and FEDCLT SOL 1 ). ) and the STCLT CLT2 are turned on in the same way as (2) The first-side copied sheet is transported into the ADU from the copier exit switch and gate sections. DM3 is rotated to move the side guides so that the sheets stacked are aligned. (4) The above procedure (2)~(3) is repeated until the specified number of sheets are stacked. causing the pick-up roller and feed roller to stop rotating. (6) The above procedure (2)~(5) is repeated until the specified number of copies are made. causing the ADU feed roller and pick-up roller to rotate. or the JAM-SW is not turned off within a SOL 1 ) and STCLT CLT2 are is rotated again to make a copy of the next original is not stopped since the original is turned over DM1 . the side motor (SID-MOT) returned to their previous position. and then stacked through the JAM-SW SA4 . ADU-MOT DM1 in step 7 or later. ADU-MOT DM1 is rotated. ADU-MOT DM1 is stopped rotation. then the side guides are (4) The above procedure (2)~(3) is repeated until the specified number of copies are made. STCLT turned on. After turning over the original. and then STSOL ( turned off. (3) Each time five sheets of paper are stacked. [C] Feeding from ADU (1) When the PRINT key is pressed. The ADU inside jam symbol comes on when the JAM-SW specified time after the copier exit switch is turned off. (5) The final sheet is stacked in the ADU. the STSOL ( the [B] Stacking operation. causing the copy paper to come into contact with the pick-up roller for paper feeding. the copier’s aligning roller starts rotating. (2) Due to the operation in (1). ADU-MOT continuously. the stacked sheets are aligned by the side motor SID-MOT DM3 moving the side guides. and the side and end guides are moved to the position of specified paper size by the SID-MOT DM3 and ENDMOT DM2 . the ADU tray is raised. (3) A sheet of paper is fed out of the ADU and transported toward the copier’s aligning roller. (5) Then. FEDCLT CLT1 is turned off. (6) When the RADF is not used.(3) Each time five sheets of paper are stacked in the ADU. 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA SA4 is not turned on within a specified time after the copier exit switch is turned on. STSOL ( CLT2 and ADU-MOT DM1 are turned off. 2860/70 ADU 13 .28 Dec. [D] Duplex copying (1) When the first-side copying operation is started. When the RADF is used. ADU-MOT DM1 is stopped once to turn over the original. SOL 1 Additionally. the ADU paper feed tray is lifted up. (9) The above step (8) is repeated until the specified number of copies are made.(7) When the second-side copying is started. the side guides are moved by the SID-MOT DM3 to the specified size position. When the sheet reaches the copier’s transport switch. ADU-MOT DM1 is stopped.29 2060. then one sheet of paper is separated and fed. (8) When the FEDCLT CLT1 is turned on.8. After copying has been finished. 2860/70 ADU . and also the pickup and feed rollers are driven. 13. the FEDCLT CLT1 is turned off. The ADU feed jam symbol comes on when the copier’s transport switch is not turned on within a specified time after the FEDCLT CLT1 is turned on.3 Meaning of signals Meaning of signals “L” LOW level “H”HIGH level – – Normal paper existing Signal name FEDCLT STCLT STSOL (Gate solenoid) JAM-SW (Jam switch) EMP-SW (Empty switch) SID-SW (Side switch) END-SW (End switch) – – Paper feeding from ADU Paper stacking in ADU ADU stacking Send paper into ADU Remarks No paper on ADU stack path Paper on ADU stack path No paper in ADU stack section Paper in ADU stack section Side guide home position (Photosensor shielded) End guide home position (Photosensor shielded) L: Off H:On L: Off H: On Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 . 30 Dec. the ADU misfeed symbol is shown. if the ADU’s JAM-SW SA4 is not turned on within about 3 sec. pull out the ADU. then push in the ADU. DM3 and END-MOT DM2 .4 Detection of abnormal status When an abnormal condition is detected inside the ADU.) [C] “Serviceman Call” errors (1)The paper side guides and end guide cannot be initialized : During the initialization of the SID-MOT function. To clear this condition. (2)Misfed paper remaining inside the ADU when the power is turned on: If a misfed sheet of paper remains on the ADU’s paper path when the power is turned on. pull out the ADU. 2860/70 ADU 13 . after FEDCLT CLT1 was energized. This mode cannot be started until the paper is removed. (2) Abnormal statuses which can be cleared by pulling out/pushing in the ADU: • Paper misfeeding in the paper stack section. (2)Paper misfeeding during paper stacking: During paper stacking.13. open/close the copier’s front cover. To clear this condition. This condition can be cleared by opening/closing the copier’s side cover. a message will be displayed indicating that the ADU cannot 2060. a symbol indicating that paper is still there is displayed on the copier’s control panel when the duplexing mode is selected. The following kinds of abnormal status may be encountered: (1) Abnormal statuses which can be cleared without pulling out/pushing in the ADU: • Paper misfeeding which occurs while paper is being fed from the stack section. if the copier’s P-STP-SW is not turned on within about 1 sec. (If necessary.8. [A] Paper misfeeding (1)Paper misfeeding during duplex copying: While paper is fed from the ADU. remove the misfed sheet. after the copier’s EXIT-SW was turned on/off. it is judged that paper misfeeding has occurred during ADU paper feeding. if the respective home switch positions are not detected. (3) Abnormal statuses which can be cleared only by turning off/on the copier’s power switch: • When the side guides or end guide cannot be initialized to their correct positions.) [B] Abnormal statuses at power on (1)Paper remaining in the stack section at power on: If a sheet of paper is left in the stack section when the power is turned on. remove the misfed sheet and then push in the ADU. 1996 © TOSHIBA . it is judged that paper misfeeding has occurred inside the ADU. open/close the copier’s front cover. a symbol corresponding to the condition is shown on the copier’s control panel. (If necessary. and a paper misfeed symbol is displayed. 31 2060. 2860/70 ADU .5 Flow charts [A] General flow charts (1) Duplex copying from single-sided originals Print key ON 1 Paper fed from the cassette Paper fed from the ADU Copying Copying Copy transported into the ADU Copy exits from the machine NO Required number of copies made? YES NO Final copy? YES Change originals End Print key ON 1 Dec.13. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 .8. 1996 © TOSHIBA .32 Dec. 2860/70 ADU 13 .(2) Duplex copying from single-sided originals through ADF Print key ON? 1 YES Odd number of originals? YES NO Next original fed from the ADF Original fed from the ADF Paper fed from the ADU Paper fed from the cassette Copying Copying Copy exits from the machine Copy exits from the * machine Required number of copies made? YES NO NO NO Required number of copies made? YES Final original? YES Next original fed from the ADF End Paper fed from the cassette Copying Copy transported to the ADU NO Required number of copies made? YES 1 2060. (3) Duplex copying from two-sided originals Print key ON Put the original Paper fed from the cassette Copying Copy transported into the ADU NO Required number of copies made? YES Turn over the original Print key ON Paper fed from the ADU Copying Copy exits from the machine NO Final copy? YES End Dec. 2860/70 ADU . 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 .33 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA .34 Dec.(4) Duplex copying from two-sided originals through RADF Print key ON 1 Original fed from the RADF Original reversed Original reversed Paper fed from the ADU Paper fed from the cassette Copying Copying Copy exiting from the machine Copy transported into the ADU Required number of copies made? YES NO NO Required number of copies made? YES NO Final originals? 1 End YES 2060. 2860/70 ADU 13 . 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 .(5) Duplex copying from two-page originals Print key ON Paper fed from the cassette Left-side page copying Copy transported into the ADU NO Required number of copies made? YES Paper fed from the ADU Right-side page copying Copy exits from the machine NO Final copy? YES End Dec.35 2060. 2860/70 ADU . 36 Dec.(6) Duplex copying from book originals Left-side page Print key ON Right-side page Print key ON Paper fed from the cassette Left-side page copying 1st page Copy exits from the machine NO Required number of copies made? YES Paper fed from the cassette Right-side page copying Copy transported into the ADU NO Required number of copies made? YES Turn over to the next page 2 1 2060. 2860/70 ADU 13 . 1996 © TOSHIBA . 1 NO Final page? YES YES Left-side page Print key ON Right-side page Print key ON Print key ON Paper fed from the ADU Paper fed from the ADU Left-side page copying Left-side page copying Copy exits from the machine Copy exits from the machine NO NO Paper fed from the ADU Left-side page copying Copy exits from the machine Final copy? NO YES Final copy? Final copy? YES YES 2 End Paper fed from the cassette 3 Right-side page copying Paper fed from the ADU Copy transported into the ADU Copy exits from the machine NO Required number of copies made? YES NO Final copy YES 3 End Dec. 2860/70 ADU .37 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 . 5 sec. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 2.38 Dec.[B] Control flow charts (1) Stacking operation Stacking operation Side guides move to the paper size width +5 mm position. 2860/70 ADU 13 . elapsed after copier’s EXIT-SW was turned ON? YES Side guides move back to the paper size width +5 mm position ADU jam NO Final copy? YES STSOL SOL1 OFF STCLT CLT2 OFF ADU-MOT DM1 stops Standby 2060. elapsed after copier’s EXIT-SW was turned OFF? YES ADU-MOT rotates CW DM1 ADU jam STSOL SOL1 ON Align/5 sheet stacked? YES NO STCLT CLT2 ON JAM-SW SA4 YES ON? NO Side guides move to the paper size width +1 mm position. JAM-SW SA4 OFF? NO NO YES End guide moves to the position matching the paper size. (Aligning) NO 3 sec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 .39 2060. 2860/70 ADU .1 sec elapsed after FEDCLT was turned on? YES 2 ADU jam 1 Dec.(2) Duplex copying operation Duplex copying ADU-MOT DM1 ON FEDCLT CLT1 ON Copier PSTP-SW ON? NO YES FEDCLT CLT1 stops NO 1. 2860/70 ADU 13 .40 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA .2 1 YES NO Final copy? YES NO Has the final copy exited into the copy tray? YES ADU-MOT stops DM1 Standby 2060. 78 1.34 4.68 2.00 4.71 7.48 ADU side ADU-MOT (ADU motor) STSOL (Gate solenoid) STCLT (Stack clutch) EMP-SW (ADU empty switch) JAM-SW (Jam detection sensor) 0.46 5.16 2.72 1.1 7.00 5.Dec.00 PSTPCU (Paper stop switch) PSTPC0 (Paper stop switch) RGT-CLT (Aligning roller) EXIT-SW (Exit switch) 1.0 2.00 0.66 6.00 9.82 3.00 10. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 .41 2060.78 6.00 6.72 1.96 7.00 8. feeding from copier’s two cassettes) Copier side 0.00 2.00 3.00 11.00 12.6 Timing charts (A) Timing for ADU stacking (A4 size.96 1.8.96 . 2860/70 ADU 13.00 7. 00 12.17 0.67 .66 0. 2860/70 ADU 13 . 1996 © TOSHIBA (B) Timing for ADU re-feeding (A4 size.29 1.2060.00 4.43 2.96 0.00 10.00 2.00 11.94 2.00 0.71 0.28 2.00 5.00 9.42 Dec. single-sheet stacking) Copier side 0.91 4.00 1.74 3.07 ADU side ADU-MOT (ADU motor) STSOL (Gate solenoid) STCLT (Stack clutch) EMP-SW (ADU empty switch) FEDCLT (Feed clutch) 0.1 7.00 6.00 PSTPCU (Paper stop switch) PSTPC0 (Paper stop switch) RGT-CLT (Aligning roller) EXIT-SW (Exit switch) 1.00 8.00 7. Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13.8.7 Harness connection diagram 13 - 43 2060, 2860/70 ADU 13.8.8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 R9 1[R]24.7K R8 1[R]24.7K R6 1[R]24.7K R12 1[R]24.7K R10 1[R]24.7K R11 1[R]24.7K Circuit diagrams (1/2) B ENDMA ENDMC ENDMB ENDMD 2E4 2E4 2E4 2E4 2B8 2B8 2B8 STSOL-AD FDCLT-AD STCLT-AD R7 1[R]24.7K R3 1[R]24.7K R4 1[R]24.7K R2 1[R]24.7K R5 1[R]24.7K 2060, 2860/70 ADU A VDD +5VSW 24V 24V +5VSW VDD B STSOLAD FDCLTAD STCLTAD 2D8 2C8 2C8 [I62308S] IC2 CLAMP 16 CLAMP 9 3 2 6 7 11 10 14 15 1 [VCC] 8 [VCC] 4 [GND] 5 [GND] 1 [C] 12 [GND] 2 C6 0.1/50 13 [GND] 1 [C] C9 0.1/12 2 DG GND DG DG DG [I62308S] IC3 CLAMP 16 CLAMP 9 3 2 6 7 11 10 14 15 1 [VCC] 8 [VCC] 4 [GND] 5 [GND] 1 [C] 12 [GND] 2 C8 0.1/50 13 [GND] C GND +5VSW 24V D SIDMA SIDMC SIDMB SIDMD 2E4 2E4 2F4 2F4 [I62308S] IC1 CLAMP 16 CLAMP 9 3 2 6 7 11 10 14 15 1 [VCC] 8 [VCC] 4 [GND] 5 [GND] 1 [C] 12 [GND] 2 C4 0.1/50 13 [GND] DG DG E GND F 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 A VDD 2A8 2A8 2A8 2A8 ENDM-A ENDM-C ENDM-B ENDM-D 1 [C] C7 0.1/12 2 C 13 - 44 VDD D 2B4 2B4 2B4 2B4 SIDM-A SIDM-C SIDM-B SIDM-D E 1 [C] C5 0.1/12 2 F Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A A ENDMC ENDMB 1B4 1B4 1B4 ENDMD E J413 [CN6] 53324-6 1 2 3 END-MOT 4 5 6 ENDMA 1B4 J416 [CN4] 53052-4V 1 2 TO ACC 3 4 R1 1[R]2 1/2W10K Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA C1 1D1 1D1 1E1 1E1 24V VDD 1 [CEP] 22/16 2 J402 [CN10] 17548710V 1 ENDM-A 2 ENDM-C 3 ENDM-B 4 ENDM-D 5 STSOL-AD TO LGC 6 STCLT-AD 7 FDCLT-AD 8 MOTON-AD 9 MOTBK-AD 10 PLLOK-AD 1B1 1B1 1B1 1B1 1B5 1B5 1B5 B VDD GND C FDCLTAD STCLTAD 24V DG GND 1B8 1B8 J410 [CN14] 1 53052-14V 2 3 ADU-NOT 4 5 FED-CLT 6 STK-CLT 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 GND 24V J414 [CN2] 53052-2V 1 GATE-SOL 2 24V VDD STSOLAD D 1B8 C3 1 [CEP] 47/50 2 C2 1 [CEP] 22/16 2 E GND SIDMA SIDMC SIDMB SIDMD 1D4 1D4 1E4 1E4 F 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 2 Circuit diagrams (2/2) +5VSW VDD B J401 [CN13] 1 17548713V 2 SIDM-A 3 SIDM-C 4 SIDM-B 5 SIDM-D 6 PJAM1AD TO LGC 7 PEMPAD 8 SIDSW 9 ENDSW 10 AD-CNT 11 12 13 C 13 - 45 J405 [CN9] 175487-9V 1 2 3 PJAM1SW 4 PEMPSW 5 6 SIDSW 7 8 9 D J418 [CN6] 53324-6 1 2 3 SID-MOT 4 5 6 F 2060, 2860/70 ADU 1 2 13.8.9 PC board assembly 2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 46 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 1 1 RR9S RR9S 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 GND 1/10W4700 *3 R132 1 RTP 2 R120 1 RTP 2 R77 1 RTP 2 [CS1] 2E8 CS1 CS2 CS0 G/A-WR RESET [CS2] [CS0] [G/A-WR] [RESET] 6D2 2E8 2E8 7D8 VDD [RST-SW] [RGCLT-CO] 10C5 9D2 RST-SW RGCLT-CO GND VDD Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA F D E C B A 1 1 VDD D[0:15] TXRDY2 6B2 2A4 [D[0:15]] [TXRDY2] RR11 RR10 4700 4700 14.1 Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 1/13 14. ELECTRIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 VDD C73 CC1000P/50 *2 1/10W4700 1 C67 C82 2C VDD 2C 2C CC3300P/50 1 1 *7 PMOT-REF R183 1 RTP 2 IC36 GND HC132M 3 2 1 R206 R193 R152 R191 R20 R25 R160 1 RTP 2 1 RTP 2 1 RTP 2 1 RTP 2 1 RTP 2 1 RTP 2 1 RTP 2 [PMOT-REF] 13C5 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 2 FANCHG0 E-FAN B-FAN EXP-ON WDTEN A[0:18] 1/10W4700 *2 2 RTP 1 R75 2 RTP 1 R188 VDD D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 D15 /P17 D14 /P16 D13 /P15 D12 /P14 D11 /P13 D10 /P12 D9 /P11 D8 /P10 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 9D2 9C2 9C2 2E7 7C1 2E6 13C8 [FANCHG0] [E-FAN] [B-FAN] [EXP-ON] [WDTEN] 2E7 6B2 13D8 [A[0:18]] MRR-D MRR-C MRR-B MRR-A LNS-D LNS-C LNS-B LNS-A 9A6 9B6 9B6 9B6 9C6 9C6 9C6 9C6 [MRR-D] [MRR-C] [MRR-B] [MRR-A] [LNS-D] [LNS-C] [LNS-B] [LNS-A] 12A3 [HTRTH2-] 3 3 R205 1 RTP 2 1/10W820 [UARTINT2] [UARTINT1] [UARTINT0] [ZCINT] [DCM-D] [DCM-C] [DCM-B] [DCM-A] 2A5 2A5 2A6 12E5 9D6 9D6 9D6 9D6 UARTINT2 UARTINT1 UARTINT0 ZCINT DCM-D DCM-C DCM-B DCM-A VDD [SACK] [OPTFAN2A] [DF-CNT] [S-CNT] [DEVSW] [TFULSW] [DFACK] 12D8 9E2 12C8 12D8 11D3 11C6 12C8 R153 1 RTP 2 R181 1 RTP 2 R19 1 RTP 2 R26 1 RTP 2 R161 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K *6 SACK OPTFAN2A DF-CNT S-CNT DEVSW TFULSW DFACK 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 P97 /TO7 P96 /TI6 P95 /TO5 P94 /TI4 P93 /TO3 P92 /TI2 P91 /TO1 P90 /TI0 /P27 /P26 /P25 /P24 /P23 /P22 /P21 /P20 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 47 46 45 44 43 34 33 32 P87 /INT3 P86 /INT2 P85 /INT1 P84 /INT0 P83 /NMI2 P82 /WAIT P81 /SCOUT P80 /BS PE7 PE6 PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 PE0 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 R62 1 RTP 2 HTRTH28D1 1/10W22K VDD 1/10W4700 *4 2 RTP 1 R24 2 RTP 1 R40 2 RTP 1 R41 2 RTP 1 R42 11D6 12A8 12A8 12A8 3B1 11C8 VDD 11B8 8C8 1 RR4 RR5S 2 3 4 5 1/10W22K *3 2 RTP 1 R56 2 RTP 1 R45 2 RTP 1 R44 4700 PD4 PD3 PD2 PD1 PD0 /INT8 127 128 129 130 131 1/10W22K *4 R23 1 2 RTP R48 1 2 RTP R49 1 2 RTP R50 1 2 RTP TYPE-M APS2 APS1 APS0 24VCHK AESIN 1/10W4700 R46 1 RTP 2 DRMTH ATSIN [TYPE-M] [APS2] [APS1] [APS0] [24VCHK] [AESIN] [DRMTH] [ATSIN] HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to. 4 [SCN-D] [SCN-C] [SCN-B] [SCN-A] 10A5 10B5 10B5 10B5 SCN-D SCN-C SCN-B SCN-A VDD 4 3 C22 C33 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 P77 /PG13 P76 /PG12 P75 /PG11 P74 /PG10 P73 /PG03 P72 /PG02 P71 /PG01 P70 /PG00 02CZ5.1Y C23 CC0.1/25 1/10W22KF R43 1 RTP 2 CC0.1/25 1/10W33KF R59 1 2 RTP 3 2 D11 2 D10 02CZ5.1Y CC0.1/25 5 6 7 8 5 1/10W4700 R70 1 RTP 2 VDD 1 C42 CC2200P/50 2 C C63 C78 GND VDD 1 C43 1 1 C52 GND 2C C37 2C CC0.1/25 *6 2C 1 C44 1 C46 2C 2C 3 X1 CC0.1/25 *2 20MXW 2 R80 1 RTP 2 1/10W1M 1 6 VDD 7 1 C49 2C 1 C38 2C 1 C45 2C R212 1 RTP 2 1/10W4700 5 1 2C GND 13 PC7 140 /AN7 PC6 139 /AN6 PC5 138 1 1 1 /AN5 PC4 137 2C 2C 2C /AN4 58 P67 /UCAS3 PC3 136 /AN3 /UW3 /WE3 59 P66 /REFOUT3 PC2 135 /LW3 /LCAS3 /AN2 HTRTH60 P65 /CAS3 PC1 134 8E2 12A3 [HTRTH-] /AN1 /WE3 R159 1 2 21/10W4700 61 P64 /CS3 PC0 133 1 RTP RTP *2 /RAS3 /AN0 R13 1 1/10W22K 2 62 P63 /UCAS1 RTP /UW1 /WE1 R66 R16 1 CRG1SW 2 63 P62 /REFOUT1 PB7 13 [CRG1SW] 11B6 RTP /LW1 /LCAS1 /TOB 1/10W22K HTRDY 64 P61 /CAS1 PB6 12 [HTRDY] 8E8 /WE1 /TOA TXRDY0 11 65 P60 /CS1 PB5 /INT7 [TXRDY0] 2A6 /RAS1 /TIB R154 1 DFREQ 2 10 [DFREQ] 12C8 PB4 /INT6 RTP /TIA HTRDY2 1/10W22K 9 66 P57 [HTRDY2] 8E8 PB3 /TO9 7407M /CS2 9 8 MMOT-REF 1/10W4700 8 67 P56 [MMOT-REF] 11C6 PB2 /TO8 /CS0 R163 IC14 1 RTP 2 PDWNCHK 7 /INT5 68 P55 [PDWNCHK] 7E8 PB1 /R/W /TI9 1 RTP 2 SREQ 6 /INT4 69 P54 [SREQ] 12D8 PB0 /BUSAK /TI8 CC2200P/50 1 1 70 P53 1 R182 /BUSRQ C68 1/10W22K 71 P52 PA7 22 2 C2 C 2 C /HWR /SCLK1 PA6 21 *2 /CTS1 CC1000P/50 1 141 VREFH DFRXD PA5 20 [DFRXD] 12C8 RTP 2 /RXD1 R148 R149 1 142 VREFL PA4 19 RTP 2 1/10W22K /TXD1 R192 1 1 DAREFH 2 PA3 17 RTP 1/10W4700 /SCLK0 R190 1 2 DAREFL 1/10W22K *3 PA2 16 RTP 2 /CTS0 R180 1 SRXD PA1 15 [SRXD] 12D8 RTP 2 /RXD0 35 AM8 /16 PA0 14 /TXD0 23 NMI 42 WDTOUT 40 EA [WDTOUT] 7C1 WDTOUT 39 X2 4 DAOUT1 38 X1 3 DAOUT0 41 RESET RD [RD] 2E8 6D2 13E8 RD 73 WR 132 DVCC5 [WR] 2E8 6D2 13E8 WR 72 36 108 DVCC4 CLK 1/10W4700 *3 83 DVCC3 R109 1 RTP 2 48 DVCC2 R121 1 RTP 2 18 DVCC1 R187 1 RTP 2 118 DVSS6 92 DVSS5 7407M 5 6 MREQ-DF 74 DVSS4 12C8 [MREQ-DF] 7407M 3 IC14 MACK-DF 57 DVSS3 4 12C8 [MACK-DF] 7407M 1 IC14 DFTXD 37 DVSS2 2 12C8 [DFTXD] 7407M 13 IC14 MREQ-S 5 DVSS1 12 12D8 [MREQ-S] 7407M 11 IC38 MACK-S 144 AVCC 10 12D8 [MACK-S] 7407M 9 IC38 STXD 143 AVSS 8 12D8 [STXD] IC38 IC19 95C063F 7407M 11 10 MMOT-OFF 11C6 [MMOT-OFF] 7407M 13 IC14 MMOT-BRK 12 11C6 [MMOT-BRK] 7407M IC14 MMOT-DIR 6 11C6 [MMOT-DIR] C85 IC23 CC0.1/25 1SS184 D14 1 HC14M HC14M R213 HC14M 1 RTP 2 12 11 10 9 8 3 2 IC41 IC41 IC41 1/10W470K ERS-ON 10A1 [ERS-ON] TMOT-ON 10C1 [TMOT-ON] 4700 +5VSW 2 Q10 1 4700 3 SSR-SW [SSR-SW] 12A3 RN2401 8 14 - 1 1 13 E D F B A C 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 2.A[9:14]] 1A2 A[0:3].106.191.156.157 VDD_PIN=183.198.144.78 VDD_PIN=104.202 DSP7 DSP6 DSP5 DSP4 DSP3 DSP2 DSP1 DSP0 11B3 11B3 11B3 11B3 11B3 11B3 11B3 11B3 [DSP7] [DSP6] [DSP5] [DSP4] [DSP3] [DSP2] [DSP1] [DSP0] 14 .162 GND_PIN=176.51 GND_PIN=52.121 GND_PIN=131. 1996 © TOSHIBA .37.182.208 GND_PIN=1.12.44.67.97 GND_PIN=105.112.E B A D C F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 RRS9 1 RRS9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 RRS9 R78 1/10W4700 1 RTP 2 GND 1/10W22K R38 1 VDD GND 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 RRS9 1 RRS9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 VDD GND VDD [GARST] 7D8 GARST VDD 2060.A[9:14] RR2 4700/22K TXRDY0 PFTXD PFRXD PFREQ R84 1/10W470 1 RTP 2 R12 1/10W4700 1 RTP 2 UARTINT0 5 [EXP-ONI] [EXP-ON] [FDCLTAD] 7B1 1A2 3D8 R134 1/10W1M 1 RTP 2 X2 8MW04 1 3 EXP-ONI EXP-ON FDCLTAD R76 1 1/10W470 RTP 2 8 7407M 9 IC37 46 45 INVO INVI 11 7407M 6 IC29 13 7407M 10 IC29 11 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP 96 83 71 111 136 UTEST2 UTEST1 UTEST0 TEST2 TE01 1A5 3A1 3E8 3E8 [TXRDY0] [PFTXD] [PFRXD] [PFREQ] A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A2 A1 A0 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 168 167 ADRS14 ADRS13 ADRS12 ADRS11 ADRS10 ADRS9 ADRS2 ADRS1 ADRS0 6 R119 R93 R92 R130 R131 TXRD0 RXRD0 TXD0 RXD0 RTS0 DSR0 DTR0 CTS0 UARTINT0 34 35 31 70 33 68 32 69 36 1F3 7407M 12 IC10 7407M 10 IC10 13 [UARTINT0] 7407M 12 IC23 13B3 3D8 1A2 1A2 2 GND FDCLT-AD STCLTAD A17 A16 9 9 1 R74 1 1/10W470 RTP 2 DSPLTH DSPDAT DSON1 DSON0 DALTH DADAT LELTH LEDAT 28 25 30 29 19 18 MULTD1 MULTD0 MULTY MULTA DECOB DECOA 7407M 8 IC10 7407M 8 IC29 7407M 2 IC29 DSPCLK 11C3 11C3 11C3 11C3 8A1 8A1 11A6 11A6 [DSPLTH] [DSPDAT] [DSON1] [DSON0] [DALTH] [DADAT] [LELTH] [LEDAT] 11C3 [DSPCLK] 7 GND 55 56 160 161 [RD] [G/A-WR] [WR] [CS0] [CS1] 1A6 1E5 1A7 1E5 1E5 RD G/A-WR WR CS0 CS1 R106 1 1/10W4700 RTP 2 R85 1 1/10W4700 RTP 2 1 C41 CC2200P/50 2 C GND 200 138 199 102 20 137 201 X2O X1I X2 X1 DSPLTH DSPDAT DSON1 DSON0 DALTH DADAT LELTH LEDAT TO1 CSIPC1 CSIPC0 CSRAM1 CSRAM0 WRRAM PWM SCK 181 184 180 179 186 187 177 178 190 101 100 99 98 188 189 185 5 DSP[0:7] 7407M 6 IC10 LECLK CSRAM0 WRRAM EXPPWM DACLK 11A6 6D2 6D2 11B6 8A1 [LECLK] [CSRAM0] [WRRAM] [EXPPWM] [DACLK] 8 RD RW WR CSI0 ENB EN0 RST IC18 C2XB VDD_PIN=27.53. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS [D[0:7]] 6B2 D[0:7] Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 2/13 1 RR3 4700/22K DSP-[0:7] VDD 1 5 3 1 DSP-7 DSP-6 DSP-5 DSP-4 DSP-3 DSP-2 DSP-1 DSP-0 16 15 14 13 11 10 9 8 IO17 IO16 IO15 IO14 IO13 IO12 IO11 IO10 7407M 2 IC23 7407M 6 IC38 7407M 4 IC38 7407M 2 IC38 O37 O36 O35 O34 O33 O32 O31 O30 3 135 134 133 13 132 129 11 128 1 127 126 7407M 4 IC29 7407M 12 IC29 7407M 10 IC37 7407M 2 IC37 RMS7 RMS6 RMS5 RMS4 RMS3 RMS2 RMS1 RMS0 13C5 13C5 13C5 13C5 13C5 13D5 13D5 13D5 [RMS7] [RMS6] [RMS5] [RMS4] [RMS3] [RMS2] [RMS1] [RMS0] RR6 4700/22K 2 1 9 6 5 4 3 206 205 204 203 IO07 IO06 IO05 IO04 IO03 IO02 IO01 IO00 O27 O26 O25 O24 O23 O22 O21 O20 125 124 123 122 120 119 118 117 7407M 2 IC8 7407M 8 IC8 2 13 11 11 7407M 12 IC8 7407M 10 IC8 7407M 10 IC23 OPT-FAN1 OPT-FAN0 FANCHG1 A3DTCT ERROR MACK-SM MREQ-SM ZMDTCT RR5 4700/22K VDD 9A2 9A2 9A2 13A8 13A8 13E6 13D6 13A8 [OPT-FAN1] [OPT-FAN0] [FANCHG1] [A3DTCT] [ERROR] [MACK-SM] [MREQ-SM] [ZMDTCT] 3 7407M 4 IC37 5 7407M 6 IC37 MACK-PF MREQ-PF 3B1 3B1 LCDRS LCDE RSTRT [MACK-PF] [MREQ-PF] 3 11B3 11B3 3C1 [LCDRS] [LCDE] [RSTRT] 1/10W4700 2 RTP 1 R39 3 [APSR] [APSC] [APSF] [PFACK] [PSTPR] [EXTSW] [PC-CNT] R79 1 RTP 11C8 12B8 12A8 3D8 3E8 11B6 13B8 R91 1 RTP APSR APSC APSF PFACK PSTPR EXTSW PC-CNT 2 1/10W470 2 1/10W22K R35 1 2 1/10W22K RTP R133 1 2 1/10W22K RTP 1/10W4700 R32 1 2 RTP 1/10W4700 R36 1 RTP 2 1/10W470 R107 1 2 RTP R103 1 2 RTP 1/10W4700 APST [APST] 12B8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 1/10W22K 1 2 RTP R47 148 147 146 145 143 142 141 140 DT7 DT6 DT5 DT4 DT3 DT2 DT1 DT0 O17 O16 O15 O14 O13 O12 O11 O10 116 115 114 113 110 109 108 107 O07 O06 O05 O04 O03 O02 O01 O00 92 91 90 89 87 86 85 84 CTR-ON HVT-M HVT-AC HVT-DC HVT-PRE 9B2 9E2 9E2 9E2 9E2 R54 1 2 1/10W470 RTP [CTR-ON] [HVT-M] [HVT-AC] [HVT-DC] [HVT-PRE] DSP-7 DSP-6 DSP-5 DSP-4 DSP-3 DSP-2 DSP-1 DSP-0 17 15 13 11 8 6 4 2 19 1 2A3 2A2 2A1 2A0 1A3 1A2 1A1 1A0 OE2 OE1 IC9 HC244WM CS13 CS12 CS11 Y3B Y2B Y1B Y0B 24 23 22 21 R189 1 2 RTP 1/10W100 13E8 13E8 6D2 [CS13] [CS12] [CS11] 2Y3 2Y2 2Y1 2Y0 1Y3 1Y2 1Y1 1Y0 3 5 7 9 12 14 16 18 DSP7 DSP6 DSP5 DSP4 DSP3 DSP2 DSP1 DSP0 HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.57.7.149 GND_PIN=155.159.79.130. 4 1 JP1 2 4 [SM-CNT] [SMACK] [PLTNSW] [MPLL-OK] [MRRSW] [LNSSW] 13E6 13D6 12B8 11C6 11B8 11B8 SM-CNT SMACK PLTNSW MPLL-OK MRRSW LNSSW 197 196 195 194 193 192 166 165 164 163 154 153 152 151 150 R108 1 RTP 2 1/10W1M IN32 IN31 IN30 IN27 IN26 IN25 IN24 IN23 IN22 IN21 IN20 IN17 IN16 IN15 IN14 TXRDY2 1A1 [TXRDY2] VDD RTP 2 1/10W22K R34 1 RTP 2 1/10W470 R105 1 RTP 2 SMTXD SMRXD SMREQ 13E6 13E6 13D6 [SMTXD] [SMRXD] [SMREQ] GND R37 1 1/10W4700 RTP 2 7407M 5 6 IC8 R33 1 1/10W4700 RTP 2 TXRD2 RXRD2 TXD2 RXD2 RTS2 DSR2 DTR2 CTS2 UARTINT2 75 76 72 95 74 93 73 94 77 UARTINT2 1F3 [UARTINT2] 5 6 7 8 5 [PSTPCO] 3A1 [SORT-SW] [ENABLE] [CTR-CNT] 11A3 [RETK7] [RETK6] [RETK5] [RETK4] [RETK3] [RETK2] [RETK1] [RETK0] 12B3 12A3 13A8 13A8 11B3 11C3 11C3 11C3 11C3 11C3 11C3 11C3 PSTPCO SORT-SW ENABLE CTR-CNT RETK7 RETK6 RETK5 RETK4 RETK3 RETK2 RETK1 RETK0 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 50 49 48 47 IN33 IN13 IN12 IN11 IN10 IN07 IN06 IN05 IN04 IN03 IN02 IN01 IN00 TXRD1 RXRD1 TXD1 RXD1 RTS1 DSR1 DTR1 CTS1 UARTINT1 41 42 38 82 40 80 39 81 43 1/10W22K R140 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K R118 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K R117 1 RTP 2 R129 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP R128 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP R104 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP 3 7407M 4 IC8 7407M 13 12 IC32 7407M 11 10 IC32 PCTXD PCRXD PCRTS PCDSR PCDTR PCCTS UARTINT1 13B8 13B8 13B8 13B8 13B8 13B8 1F3 [PCTXD] [PCRXD] [PCRTS] [PCDSR] [PCDTR] [PCCTS] [UARTINT1] RR1 4700/22K VDD [A[0:3].88.2 2 13 E D F B A C Dec.17 GND_PIN=26.139. 3 2060. Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 3/13 1 2 VDD 3 4 5 6 7 8 VDD 1/10W4700 R124 1 2 RTP R202 1 2 RTP 1/10W4700 VDD 1 [SKT] R125 1 1/10W22K RTP 2 56 57 60 8 7 6 5 4 3 VDD 1 2 21 19 18 17 63 33 55 22 1 C75 2C GND CC2200P/50 P27/A15 P26/A14 P25/A13 P24/A12 P23/A11 P22/A10 P21/A9 P20/A8 P17/A7 P16/A6 P15/A5 P14/A4 P13/A3 P12/A2 P11/A1 P10/A0 P32/TXD P33/TXD P83/TO34 P35/RD P36/WR X2 CK IC33 91C640N RETS[0:7] [RETS[0:7]] 5D8 R164 R184 R165 R166 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 58 59 20 61 62 34 23 P30/RXD P31/RXD P34/CTS P55/AN5 P54/AN4 P53/AN3 P52/AN2 P51/AN1 P50/AN0 VREF AGND NMI P82/INT2 P81/INT1 P80/INT0 P37/WAIT X1 EA RST P73/M13 P72/M12 P71/M11 P70/M10 P63/M03 P62/M02 P61/M01 P60/M00 P07/D7 P06/D6 P05/D5 P04/D4 P03/D3 P02/D2 P01/D1 P00/D0 P43/A19 P42/A18 P41/A17 P40/A16 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 54 53 52 51 9 7407M 8 IC23 DRV-7 DRV-6 DRV-5 DRV-4 DRV-3 DRV-2 DRV-1 DRV-0 VDD RR7 RR9S 2 3 4 5 9 8 7 6 5 1 7407M 6 IC32 7407M 2 IC32 7407M 6 IC35 7407M 2 IC35 9 3 7407M 8 IC32 7407M 4 IC32 7407M 8 IC35 7407M 4 IC35 SIDM-D SIDM-C SIDM-B SIDM-A ENDM-D ENDM-C ENDM-B ENDM-A DRV-[0:7] 3 2 1 1/10W470 *2 R157 1 RTP 2 R158 1 RTP 2 5 4 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 13A3 13A3 13A3 13B3 13B3 13B3 13B3 13B3 4A2 4700 1/10W4700 *3 2 RTP 1 R168 2 RTP 1 R169 2 RTP 1 R170 A A [PSTPCO] [PFTXD] [MACK-PF] 2E4 2A6 2B3 PSTPCO PFTXD MACK-PF 24VCHK AD-CNT [SIDM-D] [SIDM-C] [SIDM-B] [SIDM-A] [ENDM-D] [ENDM-C] [ENDM-B] [ENDM-A] [DRV-[0:7]] [24VCHK] 1A3 7E8 [AD-CNT] 13A3 R196 1 1/10W22K RTP 2 SIZE3 SIZE2 SIZE1 SIZE0 9 3 5 1 B [SIZE[0:3]] 5B8 SIZE[0:3] B C B A EN2B EN2A EN1 IC27 HC138M [MREQ-PF] [RSTRT] 2B3 2B3 MREQ-PF RSTRT GND Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 SCSW-E SCSW-D SCSW-C SCSW-B SCSW-A 5A1 13B5 13B5 5F1 5F1 13B5 [SCSW-E] [SCSW-D] [SCSW-C] [SCSW-B] [SCSW-A] C GND C [PFCRST] 7D8 PFCRST R167 1 1/10W4700 RTP 2 R185 1 1/10W4700 RTP 2 RGCLT-CU CLK-D CLK-C CLK-B CLK-A AMOT-BRK FDCLTAD STSOL-AD STCLT-AD STCLTAD 1 RTP 2 1 RTP 2 1 RTP 2 1 RTP 2 1/10W4700 4C2 13A5 13A5 4D2 4B2 13B3 2E7 13B3 13B3 2E7 [RGCLT-CU] [CLK-D] [CLK-C] [CLK-B] [CLK-A] [AMOT-BRK] [FDCLTAD] [STSOL-AD] [STCLT-AD] [STCLTAD] 3 7407M 4 IC10 7407M 12 IC37 7407M 10 IC35 13 11 13 RETS7 RETS6 RETS5 RETS4 RETS3 RETS2 RETS1 RETS0 7407M 12 IC35 R174 R173 R172 R171 D D VDD R175 1/10W1M 1 RTP 2 X3 12M 2 3 1 7407M 4 IC23 1 RTP 2 1 RTP 2 1 RTP 2 1 RTP 2 1/10W4700 PFACK PFRXD PSTPR PFREQ AMOT-OFF 2F3 2A6 2F4 2A6 13B3 [PFACK] [PFRXD] [PSTPR] [PFREQ] [AMOT-OFF] 3 GND E E VDD F F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 13 Dec.HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS . 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 . HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 .4 Dec.1/50 DG 1 7 4 1 7 4 IN2 IN1 VCC GND IC12 8428KS IN2 IN1 VCC GND IC13 8428KS OA1 OA0 3 5 TRMCUB TRMCUA 12B5 12B5 [TRMCUB] [TRMCUA] OA1 OA0 3 5 TRMCLB TRMCLA 12C5 12C5 [TRMCLB] [TRMCLA] D E DRV-7 DRV-6 DRV-5 DRV-4 DRV-3 DRV-2 DRV-1 DRV-0 R155 1/10W470 1 RTP 2 17 15 13 11 8 6 4 2 19 1 2A3 2A2 2A1 2A0 1A3 1A2 1A1 1A0 OE2 OE1 IC25 HC244WM 2Y3 2Y2 2Y1 2Y0 1Y3 1Y2 1Y1 1Y0 3 5 7 9 12 14 16 18 DRV7 DRV6 DRV5 DRV4 DRV3 DRV2 DRV1 DRV0 13A5 13A5 13A5 13A5 13A5 13A5 13A5 13A5 [DRV7] [DRV6] [DRV5] [DRV4] [DRV3] [DRV2] [DRV1] [DRV0] E F GND F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 13 2060.1/25 1 2C RGTCLTCU FEDCLTCL FEDCLTCU 12D5 12C5 12B5 [RGTCLTCU] [FEDCLTCL] [FEDCLTCU] C CK CLR IC22 HC273WM VDD1 COM1 VDD0 COM0 GND3 GND2 GND1 GND0 GND1FIN GND0FIN IC6 62308F 1 C14 2 C CC0.1/50 DG GND DG D 24V 2 1 1 C1 2 CE10/50 C32 2C CC0. 1996 © TOSHIBA . Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 4/13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DRV-[0:7] [DRV-[0:7]] A 3B8 DRV-7 DRV-6 DRV-5 DRV-4 DRV-3 DRV-2 DRV-1 DRV-0 18 17 14 13 8 7 4 3 11 1 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q0 19 16 15 12 9 6 5 2 LC-LED FDCLT-SF PCSOL-SF FDMLC-B FDMLC-A TRMLC-B TRMLC-A 13C3 9D2 9D2 13C3 13C3 13C3 13C3 [LC-LED] [FDCLT-SF] [PCSOL-SF] [FDMLC-B] [FDMLC-A] [TRMLC-B] [TRMLC-A] A [CLK-A] [PFCRST] 3C8 7D8 CLK-A PFCRST R126 1 1/10W4700 RTP 2 1 C54 (no mount) 2C GND CK CLR IC20 HC273WM B B +5VSW VDD [RGCLT-CU] C 3C8 RGCLT-CU DRV-7 DRV-6 DRV-5 DRV-4 DRV-3 DRV-2 DRV-1 DRV-0 [CLK-B] 3C8 CLK-B 18 17 14 13 8 7 4 3 11 1 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q0 19 16 15 12 9 6 5 2 14 11 6 3 8 1 13 12 5 4 18 17 I3 I2 I1 I0 O3 O2 O1 O0 15 10 7 2 16 9 24V FDCLT-CL FDCLT-CU TRMCL-B TRMCL-A TRMCU-B TRMCU-A C17 CC0.1/50 2 1 1 C2 2 CE10/50 C30 2C CC0. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS . 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 . Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 5/13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A [APLL-OK] [SIDSW] [ENDSW] [PJAM1AD] [PEMPAD] [SCSW-E] 13B3 13A3 13A3 13A3 13A3 3B8 APLL-OK SIDSW ENDSW PJAM1AD PEMPAD SCSW-E R195 R201 R200 R199 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K R198 1 1/10W22K RTP 2 17 15 13 11 8 6 4 2 19 1 2A3 2A2 2A1 2A0 1A3 1A2 1A1 1A0 OE2 OE1 IC26 HC244WM 2Y3 2Y2 2Y1 2Y0 1Y3 1Y2 1Y1 1Y0 3 5 7 9 12 14 16 18 VDD A B VDD RR12 1 RRS9 4700/22K VDD RR13 1 RRS9 4700/22K R208 R156 R209 R210 R211 R194 R151 R150 17 15 13 11 8 6 4 2 1 RTP 2 1/10W4700 1 RTP 2 1/10W470 1 RTP 2 1/10W4700 1 RTP 2 1/10W4700 1 RTP 2 1/10W4700 1 RTP 2 1/10W4700 1 RTP 2 1/10W470 1 RTP 2 1/10W470 2A3 2A2 2A1 2A0 1A3 1A2 1A1 1A0 OE2 OE1 IC31 HC244WM 2Y3 2Y2 2Y1 2Y0 1Y3 1Y2 1Y1 1Y0 3 5 7 9 12 14 16 18 R145 R138 R146 R139 1 RTP 2 1/10W4700 1 RTP 2 1/10W4700 1 RTP 2 1/10W4700 1 RTP 2 1/10W4700 SIZE-3 SIZE-2 SIZE-1 SIZE-0 R144 R127 R147 R143 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K VDD B [SIZE-3] [SIZE-2] [SIZE-1] [SIZE-0] 13B5 13B5 13B5 13B5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 [SIZCL3] [SIZCL2] [SIZCL1] [SIZCL0] [SIZCU3] [SIZCU2] [SIZCU1] [SIZCU0] 12B5 12B5 12C5 12C5 12A5 12A5 12A5 12A5 SIZCL3 SIZCL2 SIZCL1 SIZCL0 SIZCU3 SIZCU2 SIZCU1 SIZCU0 R17 R69 R99 R116 R73 R102 R101 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP 1 2 1/10W470 RTP 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP 1 2 1/10W470 RTP 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP VDD SIZE3 SIZE2 SIZE1 SIZE0 SIZE[0:3] 3B1 [SIZE[0:3]] VDD 1 RRS9 RR8 4700/22K VDD 1 RRS9 RR9 C C 4700/22K 19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 [RETS-7] [RETS-6] [RETS-5] [RETS-4] [RETS-3] [RETS-2] [RETS-1] [RETS-0] 13C5 13C5 13C5 13C5 13B5 13B5 13B5 13B5 RETS-7 RETS-6 RETS-5 RETS-4 RETS-3 RETS-2 RETS-1 RETS-0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 [SFBSW] [LC-KEY] [LC-CNT] [TUPCL] [PEMPCL] [PSTPCL] 11D3 13C3 13C3 12C5 12C5 12B5 SFBSW LC-KEY LC-CNT TUPCL PEMPCL PSTPCL R8 1 2 RTP 1/10W4700 R18 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K R100 1 2 1/10W22K RTP R115 1 2 1/10W22K RTP R90 1 2 1/10W22K RTP R89 1 2 1/10W22K RTP R14 1 2 1/10W22K RTP 17 15 13 11 8 6 4 2 19 1 2A3 2A2 2A1 2A0 1A3 1A2 1A1 1A0 OE2 OE1 IC17 HC244WM 2Y3 2Y2 2Y1 2Y0 1Y3 1Y2 1Y1 1Y0 3 5 7 9 12 14 16 18 RETS7 RETS6 RETS5 RETS4 RETS[0:7] 3E1 [RETS[0:7]] D D R88 R82 R67 R72 R9 R64 R61 R114 [LCDOR] [TDWNLC] [TUPLC] [PEMPLC] [UCOVDOR] [TUPCU] [PEMPCU] [PSTPCU] 13C3 13C3 13C3 13C3 12B5 12A5 12B5 12B3 LCDOR TDWNLC TUPLC PEMPLC UCOVDOR TUPCU PEMPCU PSTPCU 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP 1 2 1/10W4700 RTP E R87 R83 R68 R71 R10 R65 R60 R98 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K 1 RTP 2 1/10W22K 17 15 13 11 8 6 4 2 19 1 2A3 2A2 2A1 2A0 1A3 1A2 1A1 1A0 OE2 OE1 IC16 HC244WM 2Y3 2Y2 2Y1 2Y0 1Y3 1Y2 1Y1 1Y0 3 5 7 9 12 14 16 18 RETS3 RETS2 RETS1 RETS0 E [SCSW-B] [SCSW-A] 3C8 3C8 SCSW-B SCSW-A F F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 13 Dec.HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.5 2060. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 .HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.6 Dec. Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 6/13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A A A[0:18] [A[0:18]] [D[0:15]] 1A1 1A2 D[0:15] B 2F1 13D8 13E8 [SKT] A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 2 23 21 24 25 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 DQ7 DQ6 DQ5 DQ4 DQ3 DQ2 DQ1 DQ0 19 18 17 16 15 13 12 11 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 VDD 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 [SKT] A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 Q15 Q14 Q13 Q12 Q11 Q10 Q9 Q8 Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q0 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 1 26 2 23 21 24 25 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 I/O7 I/O6 I/O5 I/O4 I/O3 I/O2 I/O1 I/O0 19 18 17 16 15 13 12 11 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 B C C 27 W 20 E NC2 26 22 G NC1 1 IC30 48Z58Y70PC1 D [WRRAM] [CSRAM0] [RD] [CS2] [WR] [CS11] 2A7 2A7 1A6 1E5 1A7 2B4 WRRAM CSRAM0 RD CS2 WR CS11 2 CE 20 OE 1 VPP IC24 27C4002100F1 27 WE 20 CS 22 OE IC39 71256S20Y D E E F F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 13 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 7/16 HC14M 8 IC28 11 HC14M 10 IC28 1 13 HC14M 12 IC28 HC14M 2 IC41 7407M 2 IC10 RESET 1E5 [RESET] D DSPRST PFCRST GARST PFPRST 11C3 3C1 2E8 13B5 [DSPRST] 4B2 [PFCRST] [GARST] [PFPRST] PDWNCHK 1A5 [PDWNCHK] 24VCHK 3B1 [24VCHK] E R204 1 RTP 2 1/10W4700 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 Dec.HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.3X 2 3 3 Q7 2 R27 1/10W68 1 RTP 2 C C VDD R162 1/10W4700 1 RTP 2 D 1/10W330 *3 R177 1 RTP 2 R176 1 RTP 2 R178 1 RTP 2 D12 2 1 1 R207 1/10W4700 1 2 RTP [ACOFF] 12E5 ACOFF 24V E R203 1/10W22K 1 2 RTP R197 1/10W22K 1 RTP 2 VDD 1 C79 CC0.7 2060.1/25 2 C D13 2 1 1SS184 GND F F 3 1SS184 3 HC14M 4 IC28 5 HC14M 6 IC28 3 R179 1/10W22K 9 1 RTP 2 1 2 GND C3 CE4. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS . Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 7/13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A A +5VSW [EXP-ONI] 2E6 EXP-ONI 5 4 HC132M 6 IC36 4700 2 Q6 1 4700 3 RN2401 R15 1 RTP 2 1/10W330 EXPON 11B6 [EXPON] B B VDD R30 1/10W4700 1 RTP 2 3 1 2 R31 2 RTP 1/10W3300 1 GND GND Q4 2SA1428Y [WDTOUT] [WDTEN] 1A6 1A2 WDTOUT WDTEN 10 9 HC132M 8 IC36 1 HC14M 2 IC28 RN1401 1 4700 4700 D9 02CZ3. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 . 1/50 4 75358F 1 IC11 1 C28 C 2 CC0.1/25 2 C 1 RTP 2 R111 1/10W3300F R110 1/10W1000F 1 RTP 2 R122 1/10W3300F 1 RTP 2 D [HTRTH2-] 1A3 HTRTH2R135 1/10W4700F 1 RTP 2 1 C2 D C55 R141 1/10W1500F 1 RTP 2 CC0. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 .1/25 2 C E R112 1/10W3300F 1 RTP 2 R86 1/10W4700F 1 RTP 2 F GND R81 1/10W3900F 1 RTP 2 1 C2 C34 CC0.HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to. 1996 © TOSHIBA .1/25 F 1 8 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 2060. Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 8/13 1 2 VDD [DADAT] [DALTH] [DACLK] A 1 C81 CC0.8 Dec.1/25 2 C 9 8 16 1 VCC VDD GND VSS 2A7 2A7 2A7 DADAT DALTH DACLK 14 12 13 DI LD CK DO AO8 AO7 AO6 AO5 AO4 AO3 AO2 AO1 11 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 15 3 4 5 6 7 8 BIASVREF SCN-CHG HVACVREF HVTVREF HVMVREF HTRVREF R52 1/10W22K 1 RTP 2 8 5 75358F 7 IC11 4 ATSVREF 24V 12C3 10B5 12C3 12D3 12C3 [BIASVREF] [SCN-CHG] [HVACVREF] [HVTVREF] [HVMVREF] A GND IC40 62353FP 11D3 [ATSVREF] B B 24V R57 1/10W10K 1 2 RTP 6 [ATS-IN] 11D3 ATS-IN R53 1/10W22K 1 RTP 2 8 3 2 1 C29 C 2 CC0.1/25 VDD GND R95 1/10W82KF 1 2 RTP R97 1/10W1MF 1 RTP 2 7 8 2 1 9 5 II+ I1I0+ I0VCC GND IC21 7522S O1 O0B O0A 6 3 4 VDD [HTRTH+] 12A3 HTRTH+ R136 1/10W4700F 1 RTP 2 1 RTP 2 R123 1/10W10KF R96 1/10W1000F 1 RTP 2 R94 1 RTP 2 1/10W1000 13 12 HC132M 11 IC36 SSRHTRDY2 HTRDY 12E5 1A5 1A5 [SSR-] [HTRDY2] [HTRDY] R186 1 1/10W1000 RTP 2 E R113 1/10W3900F 1 RTP 2 [HTRTH-] 1A5 HTRTH- C47 1 CC0.1/50 DG ATSIN 1A4 [ATSIN] C C GND DG VDD [HTRTH2+] 12A3 HTRTH2+ R63 1/10W4700F 1 RTP 2 C53 1 CC0. Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 9/13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A +5VSW VDD +5VSW [OPT-FAN1] [OPT-FAN0] [FANCHG1] 2B2 2B2 2B2 OPT-FAN1 OPT-FAN0 FANCHG1 14 11 6 3 8 1 13 12 5 4 18 17 I3 I2 I1 I0 O3 O2 O1 O0 15 10 7 2 OPTFAN1 OPTFAN0 11B8 11C6 [OPTFAN1] [OPTFAN0] [MRR-D] [MRR-C] [MRR-B] [MRR-A] 1A2 1A2 1A2 1A2 MRR-D MRR-C MRR-B MRR-A 14 11 6 3 8 1 13 12 5 4 18 17 I3 I2 I1 I0 O3 O2 O1 O0 15 10 7 2 MRRD MRRC MRRB MRRA 11B8 11B8 11B8 11B8 [MRRD] [MRRC] [MRRB] [MRRA] 24V 24V A 2W100 R7 1 2 R6 1 2 2W100 1 C12 CC0.1/25 2 C VDD1 COM1 16 VDD0 COM0 9 GND3 GND2 GND1 GND0 GND1FIN GND0FIN IC1 62308F DCMD DCMC DCMB DCMA 11D8 11D8 11D8 11E8 [DCMD] [DCMC] [DCMB] [DCMA] D 1 C7 CC0.1/25 2 C 11A3 13A8 11B6 11C6 [CTRON] GND [EXTFAN] [BTMFAN] [LNS-D] [LNS-C] [LNS-B] [LNS-A] 1A2 1A2 1A2 1A3 LNS-D LNS-C LNS-B LNS-A O3 O2 O1 O0 15 10 7 2 VDD1 COM1 16 VDD0 COM0 9 GND3 GND2 GND1 GND0 GND1FIN GND0FIN IC4 62308F I3 I2 I1 I0 O3 O2 O1 O0 15 10 7 2 B 1 C11 CC0.1/50 2C DG D 1 C13 CC0.1/25 2 C F GND 10 VDD 9 GND IC34 62385F F 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 Dec.HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.1/50 COM1 16 COM0 9 1 14 11 6 3 8 1 13 12 5 4 18 17 LNSD LNSC LNSB LNSA 11A8 11A8 11A8 11A8 [LNSD] [LNSC] [LNSB] [LNSA] C 2C DG GND [FDCLT-SF] [PCSOL-SF] [RGCLT-CO] [FANCHG0] 4A8 4A8 1F5 1A1 FDCLT-SF PCSOL-SF RGCLT-CO FANCHG0 14 11 6 3 8 1 13 12 5 4 18 17 1 C15 CC0. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 .1/25 2 C FEDCLTSF PICSOLSF RGTCLTCO 11D3 11D3 12C3 [FEDCLTSF] [PICSOLSF] [RGTCLTCO] [DCM-D] [DCM-C] [DCM-B] [DCM-A] 1F4 1F4 1F4 1F4 DCM-D DCM-C DCM-B DCM-A O3 O2 O1 O0 15 10 7 2 GND 14 11 6 3 8 1 13 12 5 4 18 17 VDD1 COM1 16 VDD0 COM0 9 GND3 GND2 GND1 GND0 GND1FIN GND0FIN IC3 62308F I3 I2 I1 I0 O3 O2 O1 O0 15 10 7 2 R3 2W100 1 2 1 2 R4 2W100 1 C10 CC0.9 2060. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS .1/25 2 C C19 CC0.1/25 2 C GND [CTR-ON] [E-FAN] [B-FAN] 2B3 1A1 1A2 CTR-ON E-FAN B-FAN VDD1 VDD0 GND3 GND2 GND1 GND0 GND1FIN GND0FIN IC5 VDD 62308F 14 11 6 3 8 1 13 12 5 4 18 17 I3 I2 I1 I0 VDD1 VDD0 GND3 GND2 GND1 GND0 GND1FIN GND0FIN IC7 62308F I3 I2 I1 I0 COM1 16 COM0 9 DG 2 D2 1S1834 CTRON EXTFAN BTMFAN 1 C16 CC0.1/50 2C DG 1 C8 CC0.1/50 2C DG E [OPTFAN2A] [HVT-M] [HVT-AC] [HVT-DC] [HVT-PRE] 1F3 2B3 2B3 2B3 2B4 OPTFAN2A HVT-M HVT-AC HVT-DC HVT-PRE OPT-FAN2 HVTM HVTAC HVTDC HVTPRE GND DG 10E1 12C3 12C3 12D3 12C3 [OPT-FAN2] [HVTM] [HVTAC] [HVTDC] [HVTPRE] E 1 C69 CC0.1/50 2C 1 DG C 1 C21 CC0.1/50 2C 24V B 1 C18 CC0.1/25 2 C GND DG 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 I7 I6 I5 I4 I3 I2 I1 I0 O7 O6 O5 O4 O3 O2 O1 O0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 VDD1 COM1 16 VDD0 COM0 9 GND3 GND2 GND1 GND0 GND1FIN GND0FIN IC2 62308F 1 C6 CC0. 1/25 1 2C 1 4 5 VREF2 VREF1 To2 To1 10 8 Q2 2SD1417 ERSLP 11E8 [ERSLP] [SCN-D] [SCN-B] [SCN-C] [SCN-A] 1F4 1F4 1F4 1F4 SCN-D SCN-B SCN-C SCN-A 16 14 15 13 ONB OB ONA OA NB B NA A 7 6 3 2 SCND SCNB SCNC SCNA 11D8 11D8 11D8 11D8 [SCND] [SCNB] [SCNC] [SCNA] B B D7 2 D5 2 +5VSW 24V GND DG [TMOT-ON] C 2 1A8 TMOT-ON 1 4700 RN2401 2 Q8 3 R21 1 2 RTP 1/10W1000 2 1 3 R22 1 2 RTP 1/10W3300 Q3 2SD1417 1 4700 DG D3 1S1834 D6 2 D4 2 DG VCC2 PG SG IC15 6713BMK4 1 1 1 1 C TNRMOT 11D3 [TNRMOT] +5VSW 24VF 2 [RST-SW] 1F5 RST-SW 4700 2 Q11 1 4700 3 RN2401 R142 1 RTP 2 1/10W1000 1 1 D8 1S1834 RSTSW 12B3 [RSTSW] 2 Q5 2SD1417 3 R137 1 2 RTP 1/10W3300 DG D D 24V DGF R11 1 R1 [OPT-FAN2] 9E4 OPT-FAN2 1 2 RTP 2 1/10W1000 3 1 2 1 D1 1S1834 Q1 2SA1428Y OPTFAN2 11D6 [OPTFAN2] 1/2W3300 E DG 2 E F F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 13 2060. Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 10/13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A +5VSW A 4700 [ERS-ON] 1A8 ERS-ON 1 4700 RN2401 VDD 2 Q9 3 R29 1 RTP 2 1/10W1000 2 1 3 1S1834 1S1834 1 2 1S1834 1S1834 R28 1 RTP 2 1/10W3300 R5 1/2W-2200 [SCN-CHG] 8A8 SCN-CHG R51 1 1/10W6800 RTP 2 R58 R55 1 RTP 2 1 RTP 2 1 1/10W680 1/10W100 2C C24 CC0. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 .HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.1/25 11 9 C20 CC0. 1996 © TOSHIBA .10 Dec. 1/50 2C 24V OPTFAN2 10E4 [OPTFAN2] J4 D SFBSW 5D1 [SFBSW] GND SGE DG OPT-UNIT2 FEDCLTSF PICSOLSF 9D4 9D4 [FEDCLTSF] [PICSOLSF] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 SCNB SCND SCNA SCNC DCMD DCMB DCMC DCMA 10B8 10A8 10B8 10B8 9D8 9D8 9D8 9D8 [SCNB] [SCND] [SCNA] [SCNC] [DCMD] [DCMB] [DCMC] [DCMA] D ERSLP 10B4 [ERSLP] GND SGD DG E E F F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 13 Dec.11 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 .HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to. Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 11/13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 VDD 53313V 5VD 24V 53313V CTR-CNT CTRON 2E5 9B4 [CTR-CNT] [CTRON] J2 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 VDD 5VE 24V 53313V VDD 24V A J1 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 A J3 LELTH LEDAT LECLK 2A7 2A7 2A7 [LELTH] [LEDAT] [LECLK] A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 LNSD LNSC LNSB LNSA 9C8 9C8 9C8 9C8 [LNSD] [LNSC] [LNSB] [LNSA] B DSP7 DSP6 DSP5 DSP4 DSP3 DSP2 DSP1 DSP0 LCDE LCDR/W LCDRS RETK7 RETK6 RETK5 RETK4 RETK3 RETK2 RETK1 RETK0 DSPRST DSPCLK DSPDAT DSPLTH DSON0 DSON1 R2 1 RXE017 2 TNRMOT ATS-IN ATSVREF DEVSW 2A8 2A8 2A8 2A8 2A8 2A8 2A8 2A8 2B3 2B3 2E5 2E5 2E5 2E5 2E5 2E5 2E5 2E5 7D8 2A7 2A6 2A6 2A7 2A6 10C4 8C1 8B8 1F3 [DSP7] [DSP6] [DSP5] [DSP4] [DSP3] [DSP2] [DSP1] [DSP0] [LCDE] [LCDRS] [RETK7] [RETK6] [RETK5] [RETK4] [RETK3] [RETK2] [RETK1] [RETK0] [DSPRST] [DSPCLK] [DSPDAT] [DSPLTH] [DSON0] [DSON1] [TNRMOT] [ATS-IN] [ATSVREF] [DEVSW] EXTSW 2F4 [EXTSW] MRRD MRRC MRRB MRRA DRMTH 9A8 9B8 9B8 9B8 1A4 [MRRD] [MRRC] [MRRB] [MRRA] [DRMTH] CRG1SW 1A5 B [CRG1SW] OPT-UNIT1 LNSSW 2F4 [LNSSW] LED-ARRY FAN-MOTOR MAIN-MOTOR LRG EXPPWM EXPON 2A7 7B8 [EXPPWM] [EXPON] MRRSW OPTFAN1 2F4 9A4 [MRRSW] [OPTFAN1] CONTROL-PANEL DEV-UNIT SFB EXTFAN BTMFAN MMOT-OFF MMOT-BRK MMOT-REF MPLL-OK 9C4 9C4 1A8 1A8 1A5 2F4 [EXTFAN] [BTMFAN] [MMOT-OFF] [MMOT-BRK] [MMOT-REF] [MPLL-OK] AESIN 1A4 [AESIN] C APSR 2F3 [APSR] C MMOT-DIR TFULSW OPTFAN0 TYPE-M 1A8 1F3 9A4 1A3 [MMOT-DIR] [TFULSW] [OPTFAN0] [TYPE-M] 53052-14V GND 1 C9 CC0. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS . Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 12/13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 VDD J5 53324-11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 GND VDD 53324-10 24V 24VF VDD 53313V SORT-SW SSR-SW HTRTH+ HTRTHHTRTH2+ HTRTH2SSR+ 2E4 1A8 8E2 1A5 8D1 1A3 12E5 [SORT-SW] [SSR-SW] [HTRTH+] [HTRTH-] [HTRTH2+] [HTRTH2-] [SSR+] J8 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 SIZCU3 SIZCU2 SIZCU1 SIZCU0 5C1 5C1 5C1 5C1 [SIZCU3] [SIZCU2] [SIZCU1] [SIZCU0] J11 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 GND 53324-9 J12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 DFACK DFREQ MREQ-DF DF-CNT DFRXD DFTXD MACK-DF 1F3 1A5 1A7 1F3 1A6 1A7 1A7 [DFACK] [DFREQ] [MREQ-DF] [DF-CNT] [DFRXD] [DFTXD] [MACK-DF] 24V 53313V VDD A FUSER-UNIT A APS0 APS1 APS2 APSF 1A3 1A3 1A3 2F3 [APS0] [APS1] [APS2] [APSF] TUPCU 5E1 [TUPCU] APS PEMPCU FEDCLTCU TRMCUA TRMCUB PSTPCL UCOVDOR SIZCL3 SIZCL2 SIZCL1 SIZCL0 5E1 4C8 4E8 4E8 5D1 5E1 5B1 5B1 5C1 5C1 [PEMPCU] [FEDCLTCU] [TRMCUA] [TRMCUB] [PSTPCL] [UCOVDOR] [SIZCL3] [SIZCL2] [SIZCL1] [SIZCL0] APSC 2F3 [APSC] APST B J6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 GND 53324-8 J7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 BIASVREF HVMVREF HVTM HVTPRE HVACVREF HVTAC HVTVREF HVTDC 8A8 8A8 9E4 9E4 8A8 9E4 8A8 9E4 [BIASVREF] [HVMVREF] [HVTM] [HVTPRE] [HVACVREF] [HVTAC] [HVTVREF] [HVTDC] RSTSW PSTPCO 10C8 2E4 [RSTSW] [PSTPCO] FEEDER-UNIT2 PSTPCU 5E1 [PSTPCU] 2F3 [APST] B PLTNSW 2F4 [PLTNSW] FEEDER-UNIT1 RGTCLTCO 9D4 [RGTCLTCO] TUPCL C 5D1 [TUPCL] RADF C PEMPCL FEDCLTCL TRMCLA TRMCLB RGTCLTCU 5D1 4C8 4D8 4D8 4C8 [PEMPCL] [FEDCLTCL] [TRMCLA] [TRMCLB] [RGTCLTCU] HVT-UNIT GND 53324-9 J13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 SACK SREQ MREQ-S S-CNT SRXD STXD MACK-S 1F3 1A5 1A7 1F3 1A6 1A7 1A7 [SACK] [SREQ] [MREQ-S] [S-CNT] [SRXD] [STXD] [MACK-S] D 53052-11V VDD 5VD 24V 24VF GND SORTER 5VE D J9 POWER-UNIT1 E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 C4 CE47/50 2 1 C5 CE100/16 2 POWER-UNIT2 53324-6 J10 1 2 3 4 5 6 ACOFF ZCINT SSRSSR+ 7E1 1F3 8E8 12A3 [ACOFF] [ZCINT] [SSR-] [SSR+] GND E SGE SGD 1 DUMMY E1 2 DGF GND DG F F 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 2060. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 .12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA .HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to. HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS .1/25 CC0.1/25 CC0.1/25 CC0.1/25CC0.1/25 CC0.1/25 CC0.1/25 CC0.1/25 71256S HC244WM HC273WM HC273WM 7407M CC0.1/25 CC0.1/25 CC0.1/25 CC0.1/25 CC0.1/25 CC0.1/25 CC0.1/25 CC0.1/25 CC0.1/25 F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 13 Dec.1/25 HC14M 1 SMAIN-CPU HC14M 4 IC41 HC14M 6 IC41 C84 2C 3 5 E CC0. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 . Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 13/13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 +5VSW +5VSW 53313V J16 AD-CNT ENDSW SIDSW PEMPAD PJAM1AD SIDM-D SIDM-B SIDM-C SIDM-A APLL-OK AMOT-BRK AMOT-OFF FDCLT-AD STCLT-AD STSOL-AD ENDM-D ENDM-B ENDM-C ENDM-A 17548714V J15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 7407M 1 C65 2C 2C C70 2C GND HC244WM 1 C58 2C HC138M 1 C40 2C GND 17548713V 7407M J18 1 C59 2C C27 1 2C C31 1 2C C62 1 2C C74 1 2C C51 1 2C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 VDD 24V SMACK SMREQ MREQ-SM SM-CNT SMRXD SMTXD MACK-SM 2F4 2A5 2B2 2F4 2A4 2A4 2B2 [SMACK] [SMREQ] [MREQ-SM] [SM-CNT] [SMRXD] [SMTXD] [MACK-SM] RAM-BOARD VDD 3B1 5A1 5A1 5A1 5A1 3A8 3B8 3A8 3B8 5A1 3C8 3E8 2E7 3D8 3D8 3B8 3B8 3B8 3B8 [AD-CNT] [ENDSW] [SIDSW] [PEMPAD] [PJAM1AD] [SIDM-D] [SIDM-B] [SIDM-C] [SIDM-A] [APLL-OK] [AMOT-BRK] [AMOT-OFF] [FDCLT-AD] [STCLT-AD] [STSOL-AD] [ENDM-D] [ENDM-B] [ENDM-C] [ENDM-A] 53313V A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 24VF J21 171825V J17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 RMS7 RMS6 RMS5 RMS4 RMS3 RMS2 RMS1 RMS0 2B1 2B1 2B1 2B1 2B2 2B2 2B2 2B2 [RMS7] [RMS6] [RMS5] [RMS4] [RMS3] [RMS2] [RMS1] [RMS0] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 DRV3 DRV2 DRV1 DRV0 DRV7 DRV6 DRV5 DRV4 CLK-D CLK-C SIZE-0 SIZE-2 PFPRST SCSW-E SIZE-3 SIZE-1 RETS-0 RETS-1 RETS-3 RETS-2 SCSW-D SCSW-C RETS-7 RETS-6 RETS-5 RETS-4 PMOT-REF 4E4 4E4 4E4 4E4 4E4 4E4 4E4 4E4 3C8 3C8 5B6 5B6 7D8 3B8 5B6 5B6 5D6 5D6 5D6 5D6 3C8 3C8 5C6 5C6 5C6 5C6 1F3 [DRV3] [DRV2] [DRV1] [DRV0] [DRV7] [DRV6] [DRV5] [DRV4] [CLK-D] [CLK-C] [SIZE-0] [SIZE-2] [PFPRST] [SCSW-E] [SIZE-3] [SIZE-1] [RETS-0] [RETS-1] [RETS-3] [RETS-2] [SCSW-D] [SCSW-C] [RETS-7] [RETS-6] [RETS-5] [RETS-4] [PMOT-REF] J19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 17548710V VDD 24V A J14 ADU B A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 COIN-VENDER CTRON CTR-CNT ZMDTCT CLEAR CRUN A3DTCT 9B4 2E5 2B2 2E5 2B2 2B2 [CTRON] [CTR-CNT] [ZMDTCT] [CLEAR] [CRUN] [A3DTCT] A GND DG 175487-9V J20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 GND VDD 175473V A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 CS12 RD WR CS13 1A2 1A2 1A2 1A2 1A2 1A2 1A2 1A2 1A2 1A2 1A2 1A2 1A2 1A2 1A2 6B2 6B2 6B2 6B2 6B2 6B2 6B2 6B2 2B4 1A6 1A7 2B4 [A0] [A1] [A2] [A3] [A4] [A5] [A6] [A7] [A8] [A9] [A10] [A11] [A12] [A13] [A14] [D0] [D1] [D2] [D3] [D4] [D5] [D6] [D7] [CS12] [RD] [WR] [CS13] VDD PFP B PCTXD PCRXD PCRTS PCDSR PCDTR PCCTS PC-CNT 2A5 2A5 2A5 2A5 2A5 2A5 2F4 [PCTXD] [PCRXD] [PCRTS] [PCDSR] [PCDTR] [PCCTS] [PC-CNT] PC C LCF LC-CNT TRMLC-B TRMLC-A FDMLC-B FDMLC-A LC-KEY LC-LED LCDOR TDWNLC PEMPLC TUPLC 5D1 4A8 4A8 4A8 4A8 5D1 4A8 5E1 5E1 5E1 5E1 [LC-CNT] [TRMLC-B] [TRMLC-A] [FDMLC-B] [FDMLC-A] [LC-KEY] [LC-LED] [LCDOR] [TDWNLC] [PEMPLC] [TUPLC] C RMS VDD 7407M 1 C57 HC244WM 1 D GND D CC0.1/25 CC0.1/25 91C640N 1 C66 2C C56 7407M 1 2C C35 7407M 1 2C C48 7407M 1 2C C50 7407M 1 2C GND E GND GND DG CC0.1/25 CC0.1/25 CC0.13 2060.1/25 CC0.1/25 CC0.1/25 C2XB 1 C76 C2XB 1 C72 2C C26 C2XB 1 2C C36 C2XB 1 2C C25 C2XB 1 2C C39 HC244WM 1 2C C77 HC244WM 1 2C C60 HC244WM 1 2C C83 1 2C F 2C CC0.1/25 CC0.1/25 CC0.1/25 7522S 1 C80 2C C64 2C HC132M 1 C71 2C HC14M 1 C61 2C 48Z58Y 1 CC0.1/25 CC0.1/25 CC0. 1996 © TOSHIBA .2 Control Panel Circuit 14.1 Display circuit (PWA-DSP) 1/4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 VDD DSPON1 DSPON0 LTL16KG 2 P/3 LTL16KG 2 P/2 LTL16KG 2 P/1 LTL16KG 2 P/0 LTL16KG 2 P/USER LTL16KG 2 APS LTL16KG 2 USER/AJ LTL16KG 2 EDGE LTL16KG 2 DP LP1 LTL16KG 2 1LP7 LP2 LTL16KG 2 1LP8 LP3 LTL16KG 2 1LP9 LP4 LTL16KG 2 LP10 1 LP5 LTL16KG 2 1LP11 LP6 LTL16KG 2 1LP12 LP16 LTL16KG 2 1LP13 LP15 LTL16KG 2 1LP17 LP14 LTL16KG 2 LP18 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 O/3 O/2 O/1 O/0 O/USER B AMS MSB MSR MSL 4B8 4B8 [DSPON1] [DSPON0] A R18 1 R17 1 R20 1 R19 1 2 1000 2 1000 2 1000 2 1000 R2 100 2 1 R3 100 2 1 R4 100 2 1 R5 100 2 1 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 6 7 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 19 20 21 22 24 25 R6 100 2 1 R7 100 2 1 R12 100 2 1 R14 100 2 1 R13 100 2 1 A B R16 1000 1 2 R15 1000 1 2 HC14 2 3 IC3 HC14 4 IC3 27 4 26 28 2 3 29 30 1 23 18 13 8 LAST L/R SIN LATCH BE0 STB CK VDD VSSL VSSD3 VSSD2 VSSD1 VSSD0 IC4 7932M [DSPDAT] [DSPLTH] [DSPRST] 4B3 [DSPCLK] 4B3 4B3 4C8 4B3 DSPDAT DSPLTH DSPRST DSPCLK 1 C C4 CKME0. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 .14 Dec. 14.2.HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.1/25 1 2 1 2 1 2 SOUT 5 PHOTO A-EXPO5 EXPO9-4 EXPO8-3 EXPO7-2 EXPO6-1 4C8 4C8 4C8 4C8 4C8 4B8 [PHOTO] [A-EXPO5] [EXPO9-4] [EXPO8-3] [EXPO7-2] [EXPO6-1] C6 CKM33P/50J C7 CKM33P/50J C SGD GND D DSPOUT1 DSPCLK1 DSPLTH1 4C8 4C8 4C8 [DSPOUT1] [DSPCLK1] [DSPLTH1] D 5VD R8 1 [DSON1] 4B3 DSON1 R10 1 2150 R9 1 E [DSON0] 4B3 DSON0 R11 1 2150 1 3 Q2 2SA1428Y 2 E 22200 3 1 22200 Q1 2SA1428Y 2 F F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 4 2060. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS . Display circuit (PWA-DSP) 2/4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A [DSP0] 3C5 DSP0 13 7406 12 IC1 4 3 DSP-0 SET B3F S15 1000 O/3 4 3 S1 1000 B3F 2 1 4 3 S7 1000 P/2 B3F S2 1000 2 1 4 3 S8 1000 P/1 B3F S3 1000 O/0 4 3 B3F S4 1000 O/USER B3F 4 3 S5 1000 AMS 4 3 S6 1000 B3F 2 1 4 3 S12 1000 2 1 4 3 S10 1000 DSP-5 P/USER B3F 4 3 S11 1000 APS B3F 2 1 RETK0 RETK1 RETK6 RETK7 2 1 4 3 S9 1000 P/0 B3F 2 1 B3F 2 1 4 3 S14 1000 B3F 2 1 4 3 S17 1000 DSP-3 O/1 4 3 M/S B3F 2 1 4 3 S18 1000 DSP-4 D/P B3F 2 1 P/3 B3F 2 1 USER/AJ B3F 4 3 S13 1000 EDGE B3F 2 1 2 1 RECALL B3F 4 3 S16 1000 4B8 [DSP-0] A 2 1 DSP-1 4C8 [DSP-1] [DSP1] 3C5 DSP1 1 7406 2 IC1 2 1 B B [DSP2] 3C5 DSP2 3 7406 4 IC1 4 3 7406 6 IC1 DSP-2 O/2 4B8 [DSP-2] [DSP3] 3C5 DSP3 5 4B8 [DSP-3] C [DSP4] 3C5 DSP4 9 7406 8 IC1 4C8 [DSP-4] C [DSP5] 3C5 DSP5 11 7406 10 IC1 4B8 [DSP-5] 2 1 2 1 DSP-6 4C8 [DSP-6] D 4B3 4B3 4C3 4C3 [RETK0] 4C8 [RETK1] [DSP6] D 3C5 DSP6 9 7406 8 IC2 [RETK6] [RETK7] E E F F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 .15 2060.HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 .1/25 E C2 1 CE47/16 2 C9 1 CKME0.HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to. Display circuit (PWA-DSP) 3/4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A VDD A 21000 24700 24700 24700 24700 24700 21000 24700 24700 24700 210K B R25 1 R27 1 R29 1 R22 1 R31 1 R24 1 R26 1 R28 1 R30 1 [VCNT] [RS] [E] 4B5 4D5 4D5 VCNT RS E HC14 6 IC3 HC14 10 IC3 HC14 5 8 IC3 HC14 11 12 IC3 9 13 R33 1 R23 1 21000 21000 (JUMPER-WIRE) R32 1 2 0 VR1 2 PV1K3 RAV 1 R1 1 B R21 1 LCDRS LCDE DSP0 DSP1 DSP2 DSP3 DSP4 DSP5 DSP6 DSP7 4C3 4C3 2A2 2A2 2B2 2B2 2C2 2C2 2D2 4D3 [LCDRS] [LCDE] [DSP0] [DSP1] [DSP2] [DSP3] [DSP4] [DSP5] [DSP6] [DSP7] C C12 1 CQ1000P/50 2 1 C11 2 CQ1000P/50 4C3 4C3 4C3 4C3 4C3 4C3 4C3 4D5 4B5 4D5 4B5 4D5 4B5 4D5 4B5 C GND GND GND 1 D 3 5 11 5VD VDD HC14 7406 7406 GND 13 7406 2 IC2 7406 4 IC2 7406 6 IC2 7406 10 IC2 7406 12 IC2 D C8 CKME0.1/25 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 C5 CKME0.1/25 1 2 C3 CKME0. 1996 © TOSHIBA .1/25 C1 CE47/16 E GND SGD F F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 2060.16 Dec. 17 2060.HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS . Display circuit (PWA-DSP) 4/4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A A VDD 53313V J30 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 5VD 24V J32 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 VDD24V B DSON1 DSON0 DSPLTH DSPDAT DSPCLK DSPRST RETK0 RETK1 RETK2 RETK3 RETK4 RETK5 RETK6 RETK7 LCDRS LCDE DSP0 DSP1 DSP2 DSP3 DSP4 DSP5 DSP6 DSP7 1E4 1E4 1B1 1B1 1C1 1B1 2D7 2D7 4B8 4C8 4B8 4B8 2D7 2E7 3C5 3C5 3C5 3C5 3C5 3C5 3C5 3C5 3C5 3C5 [DSON1] [[DSON0] [DSPLTH] [DSPDAT] [DSPCLK] [DSPRST] [RETK0] [RETK1] [RETK2] [RETK3] [RETK4] [RETK5] [RETK6] [RETK7] [LCDRS] [LCDE] [DSP0] [DSP1] [DSP2] [DSP3] [DSP4] [DSP5] [DSP6] [DSP7] VDD 17398514V (WH) C10 J31 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 CKME0.1/25 VCNT RS R/W E DSP0 DSP1 DSP2 DSP3 DSP4 DSP5 DSP6 DSP7 3C5 3C5 3C2 3C2 3C2 3C5 3C5 3C5 3C5 [E] [DSP0] [DSP1] [DSP2] [DSP3] [DSP4] [DSP5] [DSP6] [DSP7] 3C5 3C5 [VCNT] [RS] LCD KEY C LGC GND DSP-2 DSPON1 DSP-0 RETK5 RETK4 RETK2 DSP-3 DSP-5 DSPON0 EXPO6-1 EXPO7-2 EXPO8-3 DSP-4 EXPO9-4 A-EXPO5 PHOTO DSPRST DSPOUT1 DSPLTH1 DSPCLK1 RETK3 RETK1 DSP-1 DSP-6 CTR-ON CTR-CNT 2B7 1A8 2A7 4C3 4C3 4B3 2B7 2C7 1A8 1C8 1C8 1C8 2C7 1C8 1C8 1C8 1B1 1D8 1D8 1D8 4B3 2D7 2A7 2D7 2D7 2D7 [DSP-2] [DSPON1] [DSP-0] [RETK5] [RETK4] [RETK2] [DSP-3] [DSP-5] [DSPON0] [EXPO6-1] [EXPO7-2] [EXPO8-3] [DSP-4] [EXPO9-4] [A-EXPO5] [PHOTO] [DSPRST] [DSPOUT1] [DSPLTH1] [DSPCLK1] [RETK3] [RETK1] [DSP-1] [DSP-6] [CTR-ON] [CTR-CNT] B C D D CTR-ON CTR-CNT 4D5 4B5 [CTR-ON] [CTR-CNT] SGD GND GND SGD E E F F 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 . 2. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 . 1996 © TOSHIBA .2 Control key circuit (PWA-KEY) 1/5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A DSPON1 DSPON0 15 20 19 11 12 14 16 17 VDD D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 6 7 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 19 20 21 22 24 25 1002 1002 1002 1002 1002 1002 1002 1002 1002 1002 1002 1002 1002 1002 1002 1002 1R10 1R11 1R12 1R13 1R19 1R20 1R21 1R28 1R27 1R32 1R31 1R30 1R29 1R14 1R2 1R3 10 25 24 6 7 9 21 22 5 30 29 1 2 4 26 27 3DP 3G 3F 3E 3D 3C 3B 3A 2DP 2G 2F 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A 2A7 2A7 3B6 3B6 5B5 5B5 [DSPON1] [DSPON0] A C32 18 C31 13 B B C22 23 [DSPOUT1] [DSPLTH1] [DSPRST] C [DSPCLK1] 5C5 5C5 5C5 5C5 DSPOUT1 DSPLTH1 DSPRST DSPCLK1 27 4 26 28 2 3 29 30 1 23 18 13 8 LAST L/R SIN LATCH BE0 STB CK VDD VSSL VSSD3 VSSD2 VSSD1 VSSD0 IC2 7932M C21 8 C2 CKME0.1/25 1 2 SOUT 5 1DP 1G 1F C12 28 1E 1D 1C C11 3 1B 1A LP53 DSP16N 5836G 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GROUP SORT STAPLE 2IN1 INT PS AC ADD2 C SGD GND D LP7 LTL16KG 2 LP9 LTL16KG 2 LP3 LTL16KG 2 LP2 LTL16KG 2 LP1 LTL16KG 2 LP4 LTL16KG 2 LP51 LTL16KG 2 LP50 LTL16KG 2 LP52 LTL16KG 2 LP8 LTL16KG 2 ADD1 1 LP10 LTL16KG2 ADD3 1 D 1 ADD4 DSPOUT2 E 2C2 [DSPOUT2] E F F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 5 2060. 14.18 Dec.HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 .19 2060.1/25 1 2 SOUT 5 D SGD GND E1 [DUMMY] 1 2 D 1LP37 1LP34 E F F 1 2 3 4 2 5 6 7 8 5 Dec. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS . Control key circuit (PWA-KEY) 2/5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A DSPON1 DSPON0 LP5 LTL16KG2 LTL16KG2 DF/MULTI LTL16KY2 PEMP1 LTL16KY2 PEMP2 LTL16KY2 PEMP3 LTL16KY2 PEMP4 LTL16KY2 PEMP5 LTL16KY2 PEMP6 LTL16KG2 O/TATE LTL16KR2 DEJ LTL16KR2 SJ LTL16KR2 EJ LTL16KR2 RJ LTL16KR2 TJ LTL16KR2 ADUJ LTL16KR2 PJ LTL16KY2 MJ E 1LP6 LP38 LTL16KG2 1LP35 LP22 LTL16KG2 1LP17 LP23 LTL16KG2 1LP18 LP24 LTL16KG2 1LP19 LP25 LTL16KG2 1LP20 LP26 LTL16KG2 1LP21 LP27 LTL16KG2 1LP28 LP12 LTL16KR2 1LP29 LP15 LTL16KR2 1LP11 LP30 LTL16KY2 1LP13 LP16 LTL16KR2 1LP31 LP33 LTL16KY2 1LP36 LP32 LTL16KG2 1LP14 1 ADDSTUCK 1 KCTR 1 TFULL 1 TEMP 1 SRVC 1 DFJ 1 O/YOKO 1 CST6 1 CST5 1 CST4 1 CST3 1 CST2 1 CST1 1 DF/SINGL 1A7 1A7 [DSPON1] [DSPON0] A R1 100 2 1 R4 100 2 1 R5 100 2 1 B R6 100 2 1 R26 100 2 1 VDD D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 6 7 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 19 20 21 22 24 25 R25 100 2 1 R23 100 2 1 R22 100 2 1 R16 100 2 1 R17 100 2 1 R7 100 2 1 R8 100 2 1 R15 100 2 1 R18 100 2 1 R24 100 2 1 R9 100 2 1 B C [DSPOUT2] [DSPLTH1] [DSPRST] [DSPCLK1] 1E7 5C5 5C5 5C5 DSPOUT2 DSPLTH1 DSPRST DSPCLK1 27 4 26 28 2 3 29 30 1 23 18 13 8 LAST L/R SIN LATCH BE0 STB CK VDD VSSL VSSD3 VSSD2 VSSD1 VSSD0 IC1 7932M C C1 CKME0.HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to. 1996 © TOSHIBA .20 Dec. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 . Control key circuit (PWA-KEY) 3/5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A A B PHOTO R37 100 2 1 R38 100 2 1 R36 100 2 1 R35 100 2 1 R34 100 2 1 R33 100 2 1 LTL16KG 2 PHOTO LTL16KG 2 AUTO LTL433G 2 EXPO9 LTL433G 2 EXPO8 LTL433G 2 EXPO7 LTL433G 2 EXPO6 LP39 1 LTL433G 2 LP40 1 LTL433G 2 LP49 1 LTL433G 2 LP48 1 LTL433G 2 LP47 1 LTL433G 2 LP46 1 LP45 1 EXPO5 LP44 1 EXPO4 LP43 1 EXPO3 LP42 1 EXPO2 LP41 1 EXPO1 DSPON1 DSPON0 B [PHOTO] 5C5 1A7 1A7 [DSPON1] [DSPON0] [A-EXPO5] 5C5 A-EXPO5 [EXPO9-4] C [EXPO8-3] 5C5 EXPO9-4 5C5 EXPO8-3 C [EXPO7-2] 5C5 EXPO7-2 [EXPO6-1] 5B5 EXPO6-1 D D E E F F 1 2 3 4 3 5 6 7 8 5 2060.HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 . 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS .21 2060. Control key circuit (PWA-KEY) 4/5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 [DSP-0] A 5B5 DSP-0 HELP 4 3 S6 1000 B3F 2 1 4 3 S7 1000 EXP/U B3F S10 1000 Z/U B3F S29 1000 1 4 3 S15 1000 B3F 2 1 4 3 S16 1000 5 B3F S18 1000 7 4 3 S21 1000 B3F 2 1 4 3 S22 1000 C/S B3F S24 1000 2 1 4 3 S25 1000 C/S 4 3 S26 1000 B3F 2 1 B3F 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 S19 1000 8 B3F 2 1 4 3 S23 1000 PRINT B3F S31 4000 B3F 2 1 4 3 S20 1000 9 B3F 2 1 4 3 S14 1000 2 1 4 3 S27 1000 2 B3F 2 1 4 3 S17 1000 6 B3F 2 1 4 3 S13 1000 INT B3F 2 1 4 3 S2 1000 SRT 2 1 4 3 S1 1000 RETK1 RETK2 RETK3 RETK4 RETK5 5C5 5B5 5C5 5B5 5B5 [RETK1] [RETK2] [RETK3] [RETK4] [RETK5] B3F 2 1 D B3F 2 1 4 3 S28 1000 3 B3F 2 1 4 3 S30 1000 P/S B3F 2 1 4 3 S3 1000 DF B3F 2 1 ADD B3F 2 1 C YES B3F 2 1 4 3 S8 1000 AUTO 2 1 4 3 S11 1000 ACT B3F 2 1 4 3 S4 1000 A/C B3F 2 1 B3F 2 1 4 3 NO B3F 2 1 4 3 S5 1000 PHOTO B3F S9 1000 CST B3F 2 1 B PREV B3F A 2 1 [DSP-1] 5C5 DSP-1 EXP/D B3F S12 1000 Z/D 4 3 4 3 [DSP-2] B 5B5 DSP-2 2 1 4 3 2 1 [DSP-3] 5B5 DSP-3 [DSP-4] C 5C5 DSP-4 4 4 3 [DSP-5] 5B5 DSP-5 [DSP-6] 5D5 DSP-6 0 D 4 3 E E F F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 5 Dec.HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to. 14 . 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS DSP DSP-2 DSPON1 DSP-0 RETK5 RETK4 RETK2 DSP-3 DSP-5 DSPON0 EXPO6-1 EXPO7-2 EXPO8-3 DSP-4 EXPO9-4 A-EXPO5 PHOTO DSPRST DSPOUT1 DSPLTH1 DSPCLK1 RETK3 RETK1 DSP-1 DSP-6 4B1 1A7 4A1 4E8 4E8 4D8 4B1 4C1 1A7 3C3 3C3 3C3 4C1 3C3 3B3 3B3 1C2 1C2 1C2 1C2 4E8 4D8 4A1 4D1 5B7 5B7 [CTRON] [CTR-CNT] [DSP-2] [DSPON1] [DSP-0] [RETK5] [RETK4] [RETK2] [DSP-3] [DSP-5] [DSPON0] [EXPO6-1] [EXPO7-2] [EXPO8-3] [DSP-4] [EXPO9-4] [A-EXPO5] [PHOTO] [DSPRST] 2C2 [DSPOUT1] [DSPLTH1] 2C2 [DSPCLK1] 2C2 [RETK3] [RETK1] [DSP-1] [DSP-6] CTRON CTR-CNT C J33 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 D SGD GND E F 5 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 Control key circuit (PWA-KEY) 5/5 B C HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to. 1996 © TOSHIBA 1 2 .1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A A VDD 24V 24V 53025-4 J34 T-CTR 1 2 3 4 CTRON CTR-CNT GND 5D5 5D5 [CTRON] [CTR-CNT] B 2060.22 D E F Dec. HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.3 Power Supply Circuit (PS-ACC) [A] 115 V Dec. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS .23 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 . 14. [B] 200 V 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA .HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.24 Dec. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 . 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 .HINT How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.25 2060. [C] 200 V (French production) Dec. 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS . If this happens. When these functions are in operation. high-voltage transformer. remove the cause of the short.2 Description of Operation When the main switch on the copier is turned ON.15. Or. when overcurrent protection in the circuit is in operation. Dec. turn the main switch OFF then ON again to enable circuit operation.1V±5% 24V±10% 24V±10% Main load LED eraser array. 2860/70 POWER . Each of these power circuit is provided with overcurrent protection fuses (excluding 5V) and an overcurrent protection unit is provided in the circuit to protect the copier’s power circuit in case of an overload or a power output short. AC power is supplied to the switching power supply. scanning motor RADF. J 24VF – H Rating 5. if the door switch is ON (closed). and then the 5V power supply for the logic ICs. The power circuit is also provided with an overvoltage protection function. replace the fuse. POWER STABILIZING CIRCUIT 15. the 24VA – E. This function prevents the power supply from turning ON to protect electrical components if two different voltages short. clutches.1 Power Circuit This power circuit has the following 3 DC outputs. LED. When a fuse has blown. LCD. 1996 © TOSHIBA 15 . optional sorter. J DC voltages are turned ON. remove the cause of the overload or short. I. and the 24VF – H DC power supply for the RADF and sorter are turned ON. and turn the main switch OFF then ON again to enable circuit operation. At this time. DC output 5V 24VA – E. I.1 2060. logic IC power supplies Motors. main switch 15. Voltage 24VA 24VB 24VC 24VD 24VE 24VI 24VJ 24VF 24VG 24VH 5V Connector J529 J534 J530 J533 J533 J535 J536 J532 J533 J530 J531 Pin 1 2 11 7 8 1 1 1 1 2 5 15. logic ICs.2 Dec. Bottom fan (M8). 12).3 DC Voltage Applications and Related Fuse Numbers Voltage +5. E +24VI +24VJ +24VF +24VG +24VH PFP (pedestal) ADU LCF RADF Sorter Reset switch (main switch) drive. For detection of abnormalities in the power supply. LCD. toner motor (M9). document motor (M11). 1996 © TOSHIBA . 2860/70 POWER 15 . Fuse Numbers — — [A] DC voltage check DC output voltages can be checked on following connector pin. mirror motor (M4). LED eraser array.4 AC Voltage ᕃ Heater lamp voltage ᕄ Lamp regulator voltage ᕅ Damp heater voltage 2060. exit fan (M7).1V ACOFF ZCINT +24VA +24VB +24VC Main motor (M1) Scanning motor (M2). total counter +24VD. lens motor (M3). aligning clutch (CLT2). feed clutch (CLT3 – 5). OPT fan (M6.15. and exposure lamp control. remote monitoring F4 F5 F6 F9 F8 F7 Load For LSIs. transport clutch (CLT1). and display LEDs. tray-up motor (M13). 15.6V or more Zero cross Dec. 2860/70 POWER .75V or more 4.3 2060.75V or more 10ms ~ 120ms 20ms or 10ms or more more +5V ACOFF 21.6V or more Reg 2 (Copier) +24V 21.6V or more 0 – 200ms 21. 1996 © TOSHIBA 15 .5 Output Sequence ON AC input 500ms or less OFF 4.6V or more Reg 1 (Option) +24V 21. 1 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA 16 .1 PWA-LGC Dec. 2860/70 PC BOARD .16. PC BOARD ASSEMBLY 16. 2 PWA-DSP 2060.2 Dec. 2860/70 PC BOARD 16 . 1996 © TOSHIBA .16. 2860/70 PC BOARD . 1996 © TOSHIBA 16 .16.3 2060.3 PWA-KEY Dec. 2860/70 PC BOARD 16 .16.4 LCD 16.4 Dec.5 PWA-ERS 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 16. 2860/70 PC BOARD .5 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA 16 .6 PS-ACC [A-1] Japanese/chinese production (115V) Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 2860/70 PC BOARD 16 .[A-2] Japanese/chinese production (230V) 2060.6 Dec. [B] French production Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 16 .7 2060. 2860/70 PC BOARD . 7 PS-HVT 2060. 2860/70 PC BOARD Faston terminal for the developer unit bias output Transfer output Main charge output Separation output 16 .8 Grid output Dec.16. 1996 © TOSHIBA Guide bias output . Reg Relay CKT Copier +24V (Motor.3A J526-1 J501-3 J91-1 J91-2 Lamp regulator Exposure lamp Thermo fuse Option +24V. clutch. etc. etc.1 2060. +5V (DF. Sorter. 2860/70 WIRE . WIRE HARNESS CONNECTION DIAGRAM 17.17.1 AC Wire Harness [A] Japanese/chinese production G J521 *1 Breaker 100V~: 15A 200V~: 10A J523-1 Main SW L N J522 J523-2 Main SW J80-1 J80-3 Thermostat Door SW Fuse 1A J80-2 J81-1 J82-1 J81-2 D-HTR-U1 D-HTR-U2 J82-2 D-HTR-L Door SW J523-3 J523-4 J525-1 J90-3 Thermostat Heater lamp *1 J90-1 J525-3 SSR J524-1 J501-1 J526-3 J524-2 TRIAC *1 Fuse 100V~: 10A 200V~: 6. 1996 © TOSHIBA 17 . high-voltage.) *1 SW.) *1: Parts inside the switching power supply Dec. RMS. Reg *1 SW. Reg J524-2 Copier +24V Motor. RMS. +5V (DF.[B] French production G L J521 N J522 *1 Breaker 10A Main SW J523-1 J523-2 Main SW J80-1 J80-3 Thermostat Door SW Fuse 1A J80-2 J81-2 J81-1 J82-1 D-HTR-U1 D-HTR-U2 D-HTR-L Door SW J82-2 J523-3 J523-4 J525-1 J90-3 Thermostat Heater lamp *1 J90-1 J525-3 SSR J501-1 J526-3 TRIAC J526-1 J501-3 J91-1 J91-2 Lamp regulator Exposure lamp Thermo fuse *1 Fuse 2A J524-1 Option +24V. clutch.2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA . Reg *1 SW. high-voltage. Sorter. *1: Parts inside the switching power supply 2060. etc. etc. 2860/70 WIRE 17 .) *1 Fuse 2A *1 SW. 3 2060.2 DC Wire Harness Connection Diagram J239 4 3 K-CTR 2 1 J1A CTR-CNT CTRON +24V GND VDD SGD SGD +5VD +5VD DSP7 DSP6 DSP5 DSP4 DSP3 DSP2 DSP1 DSP0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 J30B 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J30A DSP-2 DSPON1 DSP-0 RETK5 RETK4 RETK2 DSP-3 DSP-5 DSPON0 EXPO6-1 EXPO7-2 EXPO8-3 DSP-4 EXPO9-4 A-EXPO5 PHOTO DSPRST DSPOUT1 DSPLTH1 DSPCLK1 RETK3 RETK1 DSP-1 DSP-6 +24V CTRON CTR-CNT GND SGD VDD J32 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 J31 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 J33 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 J35B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J35A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 +24V CTRON CTR-CNT GND J34 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 T-CTR PWA-KEY LCDE LCD R/W LCDRS RETK7 RETK6 RETK5 RETK4 RETK3 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 PWA-DSP GND VCNT R/W DSP0 DSP2 DSP4 DSP6 J1B RETK2 RETK1 RETK0 DSPRST DSPCLK DSPDAT DSPLTH DSON0 DSON1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 J229 +24V TNRMOT 10 11 8 7 1 2 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 VDD RS E DSP1 DSP3 DSP5 DSP7 PWA-LGC LCD 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 J546 2 1 J308 4 3 2 1 2 1 TNR -MOT DG ATS-IN +24V ATSVREF DEVSW GND 12 13 14 15 16 17 6 5 4 3 2 1 J105 3 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 3 2 1 SNR-ATS GND SFBSW VDD 18 19 20 M-FED-SW +24V FEDCLTSF PICSOLSF +24V 21 22 23 24 25 J212 2 2 1 1 M-FED-CLT Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 17 . 2860/70 WIRE .17. 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 2860/70 WIRE 17 .VDD GND LELTH LEDAT LECLK +5VE +5VE SGE SGE GND EXTSH VDD GND CRG1SW VDD VDD EXPPWM EXPON GND J2A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 J2B 1 2 4 3 J307 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DCH J227 3 1 2 2 1 3 J114 3 HOME-SW 2 1 J502 4 4 3 3 2 2 1 1 J242 1 2 J104 3 2 1 EXIT-SW PS-LRG J202 2 1 2 1 EXT-FAN EXTFAN +24V BTMFAN +24V MMOT-OFF MMOT-BRK MMOT-REF MPLL-OK GND VDD MMOT-DIR 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 1 J43 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 3 4 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J204 2 2 1 1 BTM-FAN MAIN-MOT 1 2 3 4 5 J121 2 1 J47 PS-ACC J529 TFULSW GND 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 J3A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 J3B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 J103 2 1 1 2 J201 2 2 1 1 T-FULL-SW PWA-LGC OPTFAN0 +24V TYPE-M GND +24V OPTFAN2 DG OPTFAN-R J244 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 +24V LNSD LNSC LNSB LNSA +24V +24V MRRD MRRC MRRB MRRA +24V DRMTH GND GND LNSSW VDD GND MRRSW VDD OPTFAN1 +24V +24V AESIN GND VDD APSR GND J542 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1 1 J545 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1 1 LNS-MOT MRR-MOT J301 2 1 1 2 J243 6 1 5 2 4 3 3 2 1 4 5 6 DRM-THMS J102 3 2 1 J113 3 2 1 LNS-SW MRR-SW J245 8 1 7 2 6 5 4 3 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 J203 2 2 1 1 J306 1 2 3 4 J112 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 OPTFAN-F PWA-AES APS-R For 2860 (Eur paper size) 2060. J4 SCNB +24V SCND SCNA +24V SCNC 1 2 3 4 5 6 J544 6 5 4 3 2 1 J541 6 5 4 3 2 1 SCN-MOT DCMO DCMB DCMC DCMA +24V +24V 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 DCM-MOT +24V ERSLP 13 14 J305 2 2 1 1 PWA-ERS J5 GND SORT-SW VDD 1 2 3 J310 3 2 1 SORTER-SW J302 SSR-SW HTRTH+ HTRTH– 4 5 6 4 3 2 1 J309 HTRTH2+ HTRTH2– SSR+ 7 8 9 10 11 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 THMS1-HTR THMS2-HTR PWA-LGC J6 +24V RSTSW 1 2 J223 5 4 1 2 J224 2 1 J227 1 2 J303 1 MAIN-SW 1 J304 GND PSTPC0 VDD 3 4 5 3 2 1 J226 3 4 5 3 2 PSTP0-SW 1 J108 GND PSTPCU VDD 6 7 8 3 2 1 J214 1 2 3 3 2 PSTP1-SW 1 +24V RGTCLTC0 9 10 2 1 2 1 RGT0-CLT J7 BIASVREF HVMVREF HVTM HVTPRE HVACVREF HVTAC HVTVREF HVTDC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 PS-ACC J534 J222 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 J511 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 PS-HVT Dec.5 2060. 2860/70 WIRE . 1996 © TOSHIBA 17 . 2860/70 WIRE 17 .SIZCU3 SIZCU2 SIZCU1 SIZCU0 GND GND TUPCU VDD GND PEMPCU VDD FEDCLTCU +24V TRMCUA TRMCUB J8A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 J233 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 J115 6 5 4 3 2 1 SIZE1-SW J116 3 2 T-UP1-SW 1 J117 3 2 EMP1-SW 1 J211 1 2 J547 2 1 1 2 2 1 For upper Cassette FED1-CLT T-UP1-MOT GND PSTPCL VDD UCOVDOR GND 16 17 18 19 20 J225 5 1 4 2 3 3 2 1 2 1 J106 3 2 PSTP2-SW 1 J107 2 U-COV-SW 1 SIZCL3 SIZCL2 SIZCL1 SIZCL0 GND GND TUPCL VDD J8B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 J234 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 J115 6 5 4 SIZE2-SW 3 2 1 J116 3 T-UP2-SW 2 1 J117 3 2 EMP2-SW 1 J211 1 1 2 2 J547 2 2 1 1 PWA-LGC GND PEMPCL VDD FEDCLTCL +24V TRMCLA TRMCLB For lower Cassette FED2-CLT T-UP2-MOT +24V RGTCLTCU 16 17 18 19 20 J213 2 2 1 1 RGT1-CLT J237 11 12 J254 SG VDD DG DG +24V +24V 3 4 5 6 7 8 J534 1 2 6 5 4 3 2 1 J222 2 1 J533 PS-ACC +24V 1 DG 2 SORTER PFP +24V +24V DG DG DG VDD +5VD SG SGD +24VF DGF J9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 J530 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DG +24V HVT J235 Power Source pins +24V J535 1 2 +5V 3 DG 4 SG 5 J536 1 2 1 2 3 4 J255 2 1 ADU +24V DG LCF J10 SGE +5VE ACOFF ZCINT SSR– SSR+ 1 2 3 4 5 6 J531 6 5 4 3 2 1 +24V +24V +24V J529 1 2 3 4 DG 5 DG 6 J532 1 2 J47 5 2 1 4 3 J236 11 12 MAIN-MOT +24V DG PS-ACC ADF 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA .6 Dec. 7 2060.GND VDD APS0 APS1 APS2 J11A 1 2 3 4 5 J230 14 1 13 2 12 3 11 4 10 5 J109 5 4 3 2 1 J247 6 1 5 2 4 3 APS-3B J110 3 2 1 J111 3 2 1 APS-F VDD APSF GND 6 7 8 9 J11B 1 2 3 4 5 6 9 8 7 6 7 8 For 2860 APS-C VDD APSC GND VDD APST GND 6 5 4 3 2 1 J101 3 2 1 FG 9 10 11 12 13 14 3 2 1 4 5 6 GND PLTNSW VDD 7 8 9 PTN-SW DFACK DFREQ MREQ-DF DF-CNT DFRXD GND DFTXD GND MACK-DF J12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PS-ACC J532 FG J236 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 J237 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ADF PWA-LGC SACK SREQ MREQ-S S-CNT SRXD GND STXD GND MACK-S J13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PS-ACC J533 SORTER AD-CNT ENDSW SIDSW PEMPAD PJAM1AD SIDM-D SIDM-B SIDM-C SIDM-A +5VSW J14A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 J14B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 J235A 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J235B 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J235 ADU APLL-OK AMOT-BRK AMOT-OFF FDCLT-AD STCLT-AD STSOL-AD ENDM-D ENDM-B ENDM-C ENDM-A PS-ACC J535 4 3 2 1 J235 Power Source pins Dec. 2860/70 WIRE . 1996 © TOSHIBA 17 . GND LC-CNT TRMLC-B TRMLC-A FOMLC-B FOMLC-A LC-KEY LC-LED LCDOR TDWNLC PEMPLC TUPLC GND VDD J15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 J241 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LCF J16A DRV3 DRV2 DRV1 DRV0 DRV7 DRV6 DRV5 DRV4 CLK-D CLK-C SIZE-0 SIZE-2 PFPRST +5VSW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 J16B SCSW-E SIZE-3 SIZE-1 RETS-0 RETS-1 RETS-3 RETS-2 SCSW-D SCSW-C RETS-7 RETS-6 RETS-5 RETS-4 PMOT-REF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 J17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 J19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 J20 PCTXD PCRXD PCRTS PCDSR PCDTR PCCTS PC-CNT VDD GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 J248 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 PFP 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 PWA-LGC RMS7 RMS6 RMS5 RMS4 RMS3 RMS2 RMS1 RMS0 +24V GND +24V CTRON CTR-CNT ZMDTCT ENABLE ERROR A3DTCT VDD GND DG 2060. 2860/70 WIRE 17 .8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA . 1 2060.18. 2860/70 • The unpacking and set-up procedure should be done by a qualified person. 18 . Dec. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 18.1 2060. 2860/70 INSTALLATION . 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. <Unpacking procedure> Unpacking the copier carton box. 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 . 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 2060. Set the machine on the appropriate stand.2 Dec. • The machine must be lifted with a person on its right and left side and the handles grasped firmly. . <Unpacking the accessory package> Remove the accessory package and other packing material. • • Keep the machine horizontal when transporting it. Accessories vary according to the destination. Pull out the cassette. Dec. Remove the power cord and the developer bottle. 18 . 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. • • Remove the packing materials from inside of the cassette.3 2060. Remove the paper from the paper package. 2860/70 INSTALLATION . 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.4 Dec. Open the front cover. 2060. 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 . Insert the cassette gently. .Set the paper for each cassette. Open the upper unit.5 2060. • • Remove the pressure release bracket (2 pcs.) from the fuser unit. SAD. Remove the toner cartridge (only for AUD. Dec. 18 . ASD).Remove the packing screws. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. TWD. 2860/70 INSTALLATION . • • Remove the top cover of the developer unit. it may suffer from light-caused fatigue. then the process unit. So. a suitable cloth. • Place the process unit on a flat surface. be sure to cover the process unit with.6 Dec. 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 . • Remove the screw and connector. for example. Raise the lever located on each side of the process unit in the direction of the arrow. Note: If the photoconductor is exposed to fluorescent light or external light for long time. . 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 2060. • Remove the developer unit from the process unit.Remove the process unit. Remove the protection mylar sheet for the separation claw from the cleaner unit. be sure to shake the developer bottle fully. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.Pour in the developer material. After placing the developer unit in the process unit. Reinstall the top cover. By rotating the magnetic roller. move down the lever on each side to fix the developer unit. 2860/70 INSTALLATION .7 2060. 18 . Be sure to install the top cover firmly. Note: Before pouring in the developer material. Dec. check to make sure that the developer material is transported properly. 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 . Close the upper unit and the front cover. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. . Reinstall the screw and connector.8 Dec. 2060. Install the operator’s manual pocket. • • Connect the power cable to the outlet. • Be careful not to catch your fingers between the two units when the upper unit is pressed down.Reinstall the process unit into the machine. (3) The machine starts its operation. <Adjustment procedure> Automatic adjustment of the auto-toner sensor (1) When the power switch is turned on. The automatic adjustment of the auto-toner sensor starts. Also. the automatic adjustment of the auto-toner sensor is complete and “UA” is shown on the copy quantity display. 18 .9 2060. Then.Turn on the copier main switch. (2) “UA” is shown on the copy quantity display. the machine stops its operation and displays the CALL SERVICE symbol. The output value of the toner sensor is shown on the display and changes quickly. follow the procedure described in the Service Manual. the autotoner sensor is automatically adjusted by the following procedure. About 30 seconds later. 2860/70 INSTALLATION . the ADD TONER played. the value on the display stabilizes at 230~250. for the subsequent adjustment of the auto-toner sensor. symbol is dis- Dec. • If the adjustment has finished abnormally. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. (4) (5) About 2 minutes and 30 seconds later. .<Procedure for installing the toner cartridge> Open the front cover. Shake the new toner cartridge to the right and to the left 5 or 6 times to loosen the toner inside. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. • Do not shake the toner cartridge after removing the seal (the toner may spill). Pull to remove the seal from the new toner cartridge.10 Dec. 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 . 2060. Install the new toner cartridge in the machine. Dec. 18 . 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 2860/70 INSTALLATION .11 2060. Close the front cover. The copy receiving tray should be installed in the slots in the exit cover. • • Install the 3 plastic covers to the outer covers. • Push the toner cartridge fully in until it is locked securely. . Exposure level is correct.12 Dec. Fixing and cleaning are correct. check the following. Control panel displays and key operation are correct. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. Light distribution is correct. Automatic magnification selection (AMS) – Duplex mode (if ADU is installed) – Enlarging and reducing modes – Interrupting mode – Dual-page copying – Edge erase copying – User set – Image shifting – Copy-mode memory Note: The packing material should be disposed of properly. <Final Check> Making copies from the cassette and the bypass. • • • • • • • Paper feeding from the cassette is correct. Paper feeding from the bypass feed guide is correct. * Basic operations * Special features – Automatic paper selection (APS). 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 . 2060. Automatic duplexer operation is correct (if ADU is installed).Put the original on the glass. 18 .2 Automatic Duplexing Unit (ADU) MD-5002 • The unpacking and setup procedure should be done by a qualified person. 2860/70 INSTALLATION . 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.13 2060. Dec.18. 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 .When performing the installation.14 Dec. turn off the main switch of the copier and unplug the power cable from the outlet. 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. . Take out the ADU. <Unpacking procedure> Open the carton box. .. 1 pc........ The accessory packages contain the following parts...... 1 pc........... 1 pc. 2860/70 INSTALLATION ........... 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 1 pc............ Remove the accessory packages and other packing materials.15 2060...... ᕈ Exit unit handle .....Remove the 2 brackets (1 screw each) which fix the open guide......... 1 pc............ 18 .............. ᕇ TBID screw .... ᕄ Vertical transport guide ..... ᕆ Drawer stopper . Dec..... ᕊ ADU indicating seal (only for JAPAN) ..... 1 pc...... 1pc.... 2 pcs.............. ᕅ PAN screw ........... ᕉ TBID screw . ᕃ Automatic Duplexing Unit (ADU) ........... 17 14 14 18 18 13 13 22 <Installation procedure> Open the copier front cover.............. . Lift up the copier upper unit to open it.16 Dec. 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 . Remove the 2 brackets (1 screw each) fixing the exit unit.Remove the front cover. .................Remove the exit unit....... 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP...........................17 2060............... 2860/70 INSTALLATION ......... 14 18 18 13 13 22 Dec......... TBID screw ....... TBID screw .. ADU indicating seal (only for Japan) ....... 18 ............. 1 pc.... 1 pc....... EXIT unit handle ............. PAN screw .. Remove the following parts from the accessory package......... 1 pc........... Drawer stopper .... 1 pc................ 2 pcs..... 1 pc. Remove the vertical transport guide and accessory parts from the accessory package... ).) 2060.18 Dec. Close the exit unit pushing the opening/closing handle. (Check that the magnetic catch sticks. • • • Put the projection part under the rear exit unit side into the original hole.Install the exit unit opening/closing handle and the vertical transport guide PAN M3X6 2pcs. 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 . Fix the rear unit side only with the fixing bracket. .. Install the exit unit as follows. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 13 14 to the exit unit using the accessory screws (TBID M4X14 1pc. Install the drawer stopper as follows. • Be careful not to catch your fingers between the two units when the upper unit is pressed down. Install the ADU to the copier upper feeding slot.19 2060. Dec. • • Stop the ADU when it is half put in place. 18 .Close the copier upper unit. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 2860/70 INSTALLATION . Install the drawer stopper (1 screw. TBID M4X10) to the exit side bracket of the copier. . 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.20 Dec. Close the front cover. 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 . 2060.Push in the ADU until it stops after the stopper has been installed. Install the front cover. 21 2060. Dec.Stick the ADU indication seal (only for Japan). 2860/70 INSTALLATION . 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 . 2060.3 Paper Feed Unit MY-1006 • The unpacking and set-up procedure should be done by a qualified person.18. . 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 .22 Dec. 23 2060.Unplug the power cable from the outlet. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 2860/70 INSTALLATION . Remove the contents from the box. Open the carton box. 18 . Dec. 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 . Lift up the upper unit. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. .24 Dec. (If the MY-1006 is installed to the copier.) Remove all the cassettes. 2060.• • Open the front cover. Remove the connector cover for the corresponding slot.Remove the slot cover (2 screws) from the corresponding slot.25 2060. 2860/70 INSTALLATION . Remove the 2 screws for the lower slot of the PFP. 18 . Open the right side cover. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. Dec. Install the paper feed unit (2 screws).26 Dec. 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 . 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. Remove the paper feed unit from the package. 2060.Install the switch for the corresponding slot (2 screws). . Connect the connector. 18 . Install the size plate to the cassette. Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.Install the connector of the paper feed side.27 2060. Install the cassette. 2860/70 INSTALLATION . Install the connector cover to the original position. 2060. 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 .28 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. . 2860/70 INSTALLATION .) <Procedure> (1) (2) Remove the original glass.4 Installation of Red Filter (Service Part) (This filter improves the reproduction of red originals. Feed side Lens unit bracket Red filter Bracket projection Lens Red filter Lens bracket Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.29 2060. Set the red filter on the lens unit bracket at the feed side. 18 .18. optical cover and lens cover. . Harness connector 2060.18.30 Dec. Screw holes for the socket Blind plate Note: Remove the rear cover if the harness connector is in the back etc. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 . the following parts are required: • MU-10 Counter socket • MU. Cut the window for the counter.5 Key Copy Counter MU-8/MU-10 To install the key copy counter. Pull out the harness connector from the opening in the machine frame. Remove the blind plate (1 screw) for the 200V machine.8 Key copy counter Counter socket • MU-10 Key copy counter • MU-8 (1) (2) (3) Remove the upper feed cover. Disconnect the short connector from the harness. (4) (5) (6) Insert the socket connector into the harness connector. Dec. 18 . Reinstall the upper feed cover.31 2060. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. Screws (M3) Socket connector Harness connector (7) Insert the key copy counter with its arrow mark facing up as shown. Install the counter socket to the frame (2 M3 screws). 2860/70 INSTALLATION .